Section 1: 10-K (10-K)
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
(Mark one)
FORM 10-K
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017
OR
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 001-38231
Switch, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Nevada
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
7135 S. Decatur Boulevard
Las Vegas, NV
(Address of principal executive offices)
82-1883953
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
89118
(Zip Code)
(702) 444-4111
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Class A common stock, par value $0.001
Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such
files). Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the
definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer þ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Accelerated filer o
Smaller reporting company o
Emerging growth company þ
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting
standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
As of June 30, 2017 (the last business day of the registrant's second fiscal quarter), the registrant was not a public company and, therefore, cannot calculate the aggregate market value of its
voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of such date.
As of March 12, 2018, the registrant had 36,066,544 shares of Class A common stock, 173,624,316 shares of Class B common stock, and 42,944,647 shares of Class C common stock
outstanding.
Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 annual meeting of the stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the
end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Switch, Inc.
Table of Contents
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Part I.
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Part II.
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Part III.
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Part IV.
Item 15.
Item 16.
Signatures
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
6
23
46
46
46
46
47
50
52
69
70
107
107
108
108
108
108
108
108
109
111
112
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this "Form 10-K"), unless the context otherwise requires, references to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
"we," "us," "our," the "Company," "Switch" and similar references refer to Switch, Inc., and, unless otherwise stated, all of its subsidiaries, including Switch, Ltd.,
and, unless otherwise stated, all of its subsidiaries.
"Members" refer to the Founder Members, Non-Founder Members and Former Incentive Unit Holders.
"Founder Members" refer to Rob Roy, our Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and an affiliated entity of Mr. Roy, each of which own Common Units (as
defined below) and who may exchange their Common Units for shares of our Class A common stock. As the context requires in this Form 10-K, "Founder Members"
also refers to the respective successors, assigns and transferees of such Founder Members permitted under the Switch Operating Agreement and our amended and
restated articles of incorporation.
"Non-Founder Members" refer to those direct and certain indirect owners of interest in Switch, Ltd., other than the Founder Members, each of which own Common
Units and who may exchange their Common Units for shares of our Class A common stock. The Non-Founder Members include (i) each of our named executive
officers, other than Mr. Roy and (ii) Tom Thomas and Donald D. Snyder, members of our board of directors. As the context requires in this Form 10-K, "Non-Founder
Members" also refers to the respective successors, assigns and transferees of such Non-Founder Members permitted under the Switch Operating Agreement and our
amended and restated articles of incorporation.
"Former Incentive Unit Holders" refer collectively to (i) our named executive officers; (ii) an affiliated entity of Mr. Roy, our Founder, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman; (iii) Mr. Snyder, a member of our board of directors; and (iv) certain other current and former non-executive employees, in each case, who held incentive
units in Switch, Ltd. and whose incentive units converted into Common Units of Switch, Ltd. in connection with our initial public offering ("IPO").
"Common Units" refer to the single class of issued common membership interests of Switch, Ltd.
"Switch Operating Agreement" refers to the Fifth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Switch, Ltd.
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties.
Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements
because they contain word such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "could," "intends," "target," "projects," "contemplates," "believes,"
"estimates," "predicts," "potential" or "continue" or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or
intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K include, but are not limited to, statements about:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
our goals and strategies;
our expansion plans;
our future business development, financial condition and results of operations;
the expected growth of the data center market;
our expectations regarding demand for, and market acceptance of, our services;
our expectations regarding our customer growth rate;
the network effects associated with our business;
our plans to further invest in and grow our business, and our ability to effectively manage our growth and associated investments;
our ability to timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology;
our ability to successfully enter new markets;
our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property and not infringe upon others' intellectual property; and
our realization of any benefit from the Tax Receivable Agreement and our organizational structure.
We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements. The forward-looking statements in this Form 10-K are only predictions. We have based
these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or
quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking
statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable
law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed
circumstances or otherwise. For a further discussion of the risks relating to our business, see "Item 1A—Risk Factors" in Part I of this Form 10-K.
Part I.
Item 1.
Business.
What We Are
Switch is a technology infrastructure company powering the sustainable growth of the connected world and the Internet of Everything. Our mission is to enable the
advancement of humanity by creating smart, resilient and sustainable infrastructure solutions that support the most innovative technology ecosystems.
Company Overview
We believe the future of the connected world depends on the sustainable and cost-effective growth of the internet and the services it enables. Using our technology
platform, we provide solutions to help enable that growth. We believe we are a pioneer in the design, construction and operation of some of the world's most reliable, secure,
resilient and sustainable data centers. Our advanced data centers reside at the center of our platform and provide power densities that exceed industry averages with efficient
cooling, while being powered by 100% renewable energy. Two of our data centers are the only carrier-neutral colocation facilities in the world to be certified Tier IV Design,
Tier IV Facility and Tier IV Gold in Operational Excellence. While these certifications have been the highest classifications available in the industry, we are building our current
facilities to our proprietary Tier 5 Platinum standards, which exceed and are more comprehensive than Tier IV standards. Our platform has powerful network effects and
nurtures a rich technology ecosystem that benefits its participants. We further enhance these benefits as we innovate and expand our platform ecosystem. We currently have
more than 800 customers, including some of the world's largest technology and digital media companies, cloud and managed service providers, financial institutions and
telecommunications providers.
The growing nexus between internet connectivity, internet-based services, data and analytics, and the advancement of computational processing power is rapidly
expanding the amount of data that enterprises can access and manage. At the same time, the Internet of Everything is exponentially expanding the available data sources, as
utility grids, automobiles, aircraft, home appliances, wearable devices and numerous other sources are all connecting to the internet. The compute capacity necessary to
manage and analyze this data is also advancing and demanding increasing amounts of power to operate. We believe that traditional technology infrastructure is not capable of
supporting the growing wave of mission critical data and increasingly powerful IT equipment.
The vast majority of our data centers are greenfield construction, and our critical infrastructure components are purpose-built to satisfy customers' needs, drive
efficiency and enable the deployment of highly advanced computing technologies. We build our facilities using Switch Modularly Optimized Designs, or Switch MODs. These
designs allow us to rapidly deploy or replace infrastructure to meet our customers' current and future data storage and compute requirements. Additionally, our patented
designs have redefined traditional data center space and cooling, allowing our customers to achieve significantly higher power densities than are available in traditional data
centers. We believe the combination of these design elements reduces our operational costs, minimizes investment risk and positions us to adapt as the Internet of Everything
continues to evolve. Our technologies were all designed and invented by our founder, Rob Roy, and are protected by over 400 issued and pending patent claims. Since the
opening of our first colocation facility, we have delivered 100% uptime across all of our facilities.
We presently operate three primary campus locations, called Primes, which encompass 10 colocation facilities with an aggregate of up to 4.0 million gross square feet,
or GSF, of space. These facilities have up to 415 megawatts, or MW, of power available to them. Our Primes consist of The Core Campus in Las Vegas, Nevada; The Citadel
Campus near Reno, Nevada; and The Pyramid Campus in Grand Rapids, Michigan. In addition, we are currently constructing a fourth Prime, The Keep Campus, in Atlanta,
Georgia. Our Primes are strategically located in geographies that combine a low risk of natural disaster, favorable tax policies for customers deploying computing infrastructure
and low latency connectivity to major metropolitan markets, such as Los Angeles, San Francisco, Silicon Valley, Chicago, New York, Northern Virginia and Miami. As a result,
customers in these metropolitan markets can access our advanced colocation facilities while reducing exposure to the higher taxes, higher cost of power and higher risk of
natural disaster that might be prevalent in other markets. In addition to our Primes, SUPERNAP International, S.A., or SUPERNAP International, our international joint venture,
has deployed facilities in Italy and Thailand that collectively provide up to 904,200 GSF of space, with up to 100 MW of power available to these facilities. We can also use our
Switch MOD technology to build single-user facilities, and we are considering opportunities to deploy this technology in a build-to-suit offering for our enterprise customers.
We have fostered the development of a robust technology ecosystem around our platform that consists of enterprises and service providers that include cloud and
managed services providers and telecommunications carriers. Both our platform
6
and our ecosystem have self-reinforcing network effects that benefit participants as both our platform and our ecosystem grows. As our platform and customer base expands,
we continue to realize growing efficiencies of scale, which allows us to provide higher value services to our customers.
We believe our advanced platform, high level of service and competitive pricing create a disruptive offering with a powerful customer value proposition that
differentiates us from many other existing solutions. Our advanced data centers are designed for efficiency and allow our customers to achieve higher than average power
densities per cabinet with appropriate cooling, which we believe improves the performance and increases the life of our customers' equipment. We located our data centers in
areas with tax benefits, such as low or no sales tax on equipment, and access to competitively priced renewable power, both of which help further lower our customers' total
cost of ownership. Finally, our Combined Ordering Retail Ecosystem, or CORE, service aggregates our customers' buying power, and can significantly lower many of our
customers' connectivity costs. We believe the power of our customer value proposition is evidenced by our customer loyalty and low annual churn rate, which we define as
the reduction in recurring revenue attributed to customer terminations or non-renewal of expired contracts, divided by revenue at the beginning of the period. Our average
annual churn rate was 0.9% over the three years ended December 31, 2017 and 0.6% for the year ended December 31, 2017.
We believe that our technologies enable attractive cash flow yields on invested capital. Our modular expansion and vertically integrated development approach
allows us to deploy capital efficiently, which further increases our yields. Across our current facilities, we have generated on average a 19.1% cash flow yield on invested
capital in 2017. We define cash flow yield on invested capital as Adjusted EBITDA less corporate taxes and maintenance capital expenditures, divided by total assets, less
cash, construction in progress, and non-interest-bearing liabilities.
We have achieved significant organic growth in our business and have a track record of strong financial performance. Our revenue has grown from $166.8 million in
2013 to $378.3 million in 2017, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 22.7%. Our net income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016
was $39.9 million, $56.5 million, $73.5 million and $31.4 million, respectively. Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $8.6 million and included a nonrecurring
charge of approximately $71.3 million in equity-based compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of certain incentive units upon our IPO and fully vested awards
granted under our 2017 Incentive Award Plan. From 2013 to 2017, our Adjusted EBITDA grew from $95.5 million to $194.7 million, representing a CAGR of 19.5%. For the
definition and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to net income (loss), see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations—Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures."
Our Opportunity
Industry Background
Computational processing power continues to advance, and the amount of data that enterprises must manage, analyze and monitor is dramatically increasing. The
rapid rise in data traffic and the world's reliance on the internet to deliver services and information is making the collection, storage and transfer of data one of the largest
challenges created by the internet. The power requirements and financial costs to support this growth in data, traffic and storage are massive and growing. At the same time,
service provider data centers are only beginning to penetrate the data center market.
Industry Limitations
Despite the continued growth of traditional data center infrastructure and the continued demand for the public cloud due to its cost-effectiveness and pay-as-you-go
scalability, we believe that traditional data center infrastructure and the public cloud are not optimally suited to support the growing wave of mission critical enterprise data
applications and increasingly powerful IT equipment for several reasons, including the following:
First, we believe that increases in server density are beginning to strain the current power and cooling capacity of traditional colocation data centers. As IT hardware
advances, servers increase in power but decrease in size, generating more heat and requiring more cooling per cabinet. Chip feature sizes have been repeatedly scaled down to
fit more transistors in smaller chips. The nodes on a chip shrank from 30,000 nanometers, or nm, in 1963 to 14 nm in 2016, and are expected to reach 5 nm by 2026. We expect
these trends will require many traditional data center companies and enterprise-built data center facilities to attempt to retrofit their existing infrastructure to accommodate the
additional weight of denser cabinets and the additional equipment necessary to power and cool those cabinets. Current designs typically include raised floors and cooling
equipment installed on the ceiling or roof. Retrofitting these designs, even if possible, would be time-consuming, expensive and highly disruptive to existing customers, and
may still not allow a data center to keep pace with technological advances.
7
Second, we believe that the public cloud is not an ideal solution for certain business critical data storage and computing needs. Large or sophisticated workloads may
be expensive to run in the public cloud or may require higher availability and reliability than the public cloud provides. Enterprises with sensitive or regulated data, such as
financial institutions and healthcare companies, may be unwilling or unable to use the public cloud for security-related or compliance reasons. In addition, some workloads
require an active-active environment, which necessitates two physical environments in close proximity to each other. Further, the public cloud's shared servers are not an
efficient computing environment to run analytics such as advanced machine-learning algorithms, analyze sensitive medical device data or manage autonomous vehicle
networks.
Third, given the limitations of both the public cloud and the enterprise-built facilities, we expect enterprises to increasingly deploy IT equipment across hybrid cloud
and colocation environments, with mission critical data stored at a colocation facility. As a result, the resiliency and security of the colocation facilities will take on even
greater importance. There are significant business risks and potential costs associated with running mission-critical applications in a physical environment that is not 100%
resilient and secure. These costs include lost revenue, damage to mission critical data, damage to equipment, legal and regulatory impact, and decline in brand value and
reputation. In some instances, the costs can be significantly higher.
Finally, we believe that enterprises are beginning to recognize significant value from environments that encourage and facilitate interaction among their various
constituents. The deeper and broader the participation that occurs within the environment, the greater the value to the various participants. As a result, data centers can add
significant additional value by bringing together enterprises, cloud and managed services providers and telecommunications carriers in an environment that fosters
communication, collaboration, and innovation. We believe these elements will be difficult to find among traditional colocation data centers.
We believe a significant opportunity exists for data centers that can address the shortcomings of traditional colocation facilities, enterprise-built facilities and public
cloud offerings.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe we distinguish ourselves from typical colocation providers and other technology infrastructure companies through our competitive strengths, which
include:
Purpose-Built, Highly-Resilient, Patented Solutions
Our critical infrastructure components are purpose-built to satisfy customers' needs, drive efficiency and enable the deployment of highly advanced computing
technologies, and our designs are protected by over 400 issued and pending patent claims. Our Switch MODs allow us to rapidly deploy or replace infrastructure as our
customers' needs evolve. We believe this reduces operational costs, minimizes investment risk and facilitates our ability to adapt as the Internet of Everything continues to
evolve.
We have redefined data center space and cooling, allowing our customers to achieve higher power densities than they can in traditional data centers. Our power
densities enable our customers to include more IT equipment per cabinet than in typical data center environments, which can reduce space requirements and the associated
monthly costs and set-up costs and drive down in-cabinet latency. Additionally, we believe our ability to run more powerful cabinets at the appropriate temperature improves
performance and extends the life of our customers' equipment. This results in lower total cost of ownership for our customers.
We have the only carrier-neutral colocation facilities in the world to be certified Tier IV Design, Tier IV Facility and Tier IV Gold in Operational Excellence, all of which
were among the highest classifications available in the industry at the time. This requires fully redundant systems and total fault tolerance. We utilize the most stringent
operational protocols to ensure our customers' infrastructure is always on. As such, we have delivered 100% uptime across all of our facilities since the opening of our first
colocation facility. In an effort to increase transparency and enhance the reliability of data center rating standards, we recently introduced a proprietary Tier 5 Platinum
standard. This standard exceeds the Tier IV Gold certifications and incorporates more than 30 additional elements critical to data center design and constant operation. These
elements include even more stringent parameters regarding long-term power system capabilities, the number of available carriers, zero roof penetrations, the location of cooling
system lines in or above the data center, physical and network security and 100% use of renewable energy. We currently build our facilities to this Tier 5 Platinum standard.
8
Differentiated Technology Ecosystem Underscored by Powerful Network Effects
We operate a dynamic technology ecosystem that brings together a wide variety of parties. Many of the participants in our ecosystem collaborate and engage in
commerce with one another to enhance their own businesses. As we continue to innovate, we believe our customer value proposition strengthens, attracting new customers
and encouraging existing customers to grow with us. This expanding, diverse mix of enterprise customers attracts cloud service providers, managed services providers and
telecommunications carriers. This growing base of service providers, in turn, attracts other new enterprise customers seeking an environment with diverse, high-quality
service providers and other innovative companies with which to collaborate.
The powerful Switch technology ecosystem creates value for our enterprise customers in the form of telecommunications purchasing, robust service provider access,
private interconnection alternatives among enterprise customers and the opportunity to collaborate with other participants in our ecosystem. For example, our CORE service
aggregates our customers' buying power and can significantly lower customers' connectivity costs. The ecosystem yields intrinsic value for us by lowering our customer
acquisition costs and enhancing our customer value proposition, which we believe drives further customer loyalty. In addition, because many of our customers choose to run
mission-critical and advanced applications within our facilities, we gain exposure to emerging technologies. We believe this provides us with unique visibility into future
trends and bolsters our ability to plan for evolving needs.
Commitment to Sustainability
We believe that while data runs the planet, it should not ruin the planet. We were the only company recognized by Greenpeace in its 2017 Clicking Clean report as
having a 100% clean energy index. Our energy index was higher than every other technology company identified in the report, including Apple, Facebook, Google, Microsoft
and Salesforce. Additionally, we were the only company in the report to receive an "A" grade in all five categories measured by Greenpeace, and our overall "A" grade
outperformed all of the other data center operators, including Equinix, which received a clean energy index of 20% and a "B" grade, Digital Realty Trust, which received a clean
energy index of 21% and a "C" grade, and DuPont Fabros, which received a clean energy index of 7% and an "F" grade. We believe that many technology and infrastructure
companies, as well as their customers and clients, evaluate progress towards achieving clean energy goals by reference to the company scorecards included in the Greenpeace
report.
Through technological innovation, industry partnerships and public advocacy, we also support renewable energy production facilities. While we are proud of our
achievements in safeguarding the future of our planet, we believe our achievements in sustainability also drive customer demand. More than ever, enterprises are searching
for solutions to address their own clean energy goals. Deploying IT equipment within a Switch data center helps our customers achieve their green energy objectives and
reduce their carbon footprint.
Our Strong and Trusted Brand
Trust, innovation and perfection are hallmarks of the Switch brand.
We recognize the level of trust customers place in us to house and protect their IT equipment. We operate under the slogan "Truth in Technology," which embodies
the notion that the product should be so amazing that nothing more than the truth is necessary to sell it. We endeavor to further safeguard our customers' trust by striving to
deliver perfection in all that we do, and we are proud to have delivered 100% uptime across all of our facilities. However, we are never satisfied, and we continually strive to
innovate and deliver novel solutions for the emerging challenges our customers face as technology and business needs evolve.
Our reputation and track record contribute to our efficient and robust organic growth. We have grown our customer base primarily through industry and customer
referrals, and our customers tend to increase their spending with us over time, demonstrating the power of our brand and the quality of our solutions. As a result, our sales
and marketing spend for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 3.7% of revenue. We believe this is among the lowest in the industry.
Visionary and Experienced Leadership Underscored by a Culture of Innovation and Execution
Our Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Rob Roy, is a serial "inventrepreneur" who is a recognized expert in advanced end-to-end solutions for mission-
critical facilities. Rob Roy first invented his design for the Switch MOD more than a decade ago and since then has added numerous inventions and corresponding patent
claims to the Switch portfolio. The designs of our data center facilities are protected by over 400 issued and pending patent claims documenting inventions by Rob Roy.
9
Rob Roy has instilled in us the practice of "Switchful Thinking"— the state of constant willingness to change and adapt and to produce the best solutions through
innovation and invention. We were built and are led by a management team of technology futurists who believe that everything is possible through listening, intellectualizing,
forming a plan and executing.
We have a deep and experienced senior management team comprised of 16 members, who collectively have over 150 years of experience at Switch, and 13 of whom
have been with Switch for more than five years.
Our goal is to enable the current and future compute needs of our customers and to facilitate technological advancement through smart and sustainable infrastructure
solutions designed to support the most innovative technology ecosystems in the world. To accomplish this, we plan to:
• Continue to Grow Our Existing Prime Campus Locations. We currently operate The Core Campus, The Citadel Campus and The Pyramid Campus in or near
Las Vegas, Reno and Grand Rapids, respectively, and have begun development for The Keep Campus in Atlanta. These Primes currently encompass 10 data
centers with an aggregate of up to 4.0 million GSF of space and up to 415 MW of power available to these facilities. We plan to continue to expand these Primes
and actively pursue additional customers with strategic fit for our ecosystem, as well as sell additional solutions to existing customers. Each of our Primes has
room for expansion, and we currently have designs to add up to approximately 5.9 million GSF of additional space to The Citadel Campus and approximately
940,000 GSF of additional space to The Pyramid Campus.
• Expand into New Geographies in the United States. We intend to continue to evaluate geographic expansion opportunities for our data center facilities,
focusing on areas within the United States with limited or no natural disaster risks, favorable business and tax climates, close proximity to major cities, robust
telecommunications networks, and significant customer demand. For example, we recently secured land and began development for The Keep Campus to expand
geographically into the southeast and mid-Atlantic United States. We believe this approach, combined with our ability to deploy capital efficiently through our
modular design, reduces the risks associated with our geographic expansion and enhances the strategic value of our new locations.
• Grow Our Single-User Line of Data Centers. Our Switch MOD design enables us to rapidly deploy new facilities in a single-user configuration. We believe this
expands our addressable market opportunity in the United States and represents a potential new source of revenue. We may decide to pursue these single-user
opportunities directly, or by licensing our intellectual property to third parties in U.S. markets that may not be strategic to us or that are not readily accessible.
• Leverage Our Unique Technology Ecosystem to Drive Interconnection Growth. Our ecosystem connects more than 800 customers, including over 200 cloud
and managed services providers and 80 telecommunications providers, which creates an important hub for the Internet of Everything. We plan to support our
customers' interconnection needs by continuing to increase our cross connect and external broadband offerings.
• Maintain and Extend Our Technological Leadership. We have a long history of innovation and, led by Rob Roy, we are a dynamically inventive organization.
We plan to continue to invest in the development of new technologies in order to continue improving our standards for security, availability and scalability.
Additionally, we intend to leverage our patented technologies and designs to strategically pursue new, adjacent market opportunities outside our core business.
By leveraging our technology and leadership in data center design, we believe we can solve new problems created by the rapid expansion of the internet, data
storage and analytics.
• Pursue Strategic Partnerships. We may enter into strategic relationships with a variety of partners that contribute to our business. For example, rather than
simply offering our customers connectivity to public cloud environments, frequently referred to as being an "on ramp" to the cloud, we may partner with public
cloud providers to address that portion of their customers' needs that require higher density and reliability than is typically available from public cloud offerings.
To facilitate these potential partnerships, we plan to expand in locations along side hyperscale cloud deployments enabling us to provide colocation for cloud
customers' mission critical needs.
10
Our Technology
Our Solution
We design, construct and operate hyperscale data centers that address the growing challenges facing the data center industry. Key elements of our data centers
include:
Modularly Optimized Design
The modular design of our data centers is enabled by our patented Switch MOD products. The Switch MOD architecture allows us to build colocation data centers of
various sizes by combining multiple Switch MODs into a single structure. For example, at The Core Campus, each of our LAS VEGAS 8 and LAS VEGAS 9 facilities were
constructed by combining multiple Switch MODs. Combining Switch MODs allows for shared power sources and increased operational efficiency.
We can also build any of our Switch MODs in a single-user configuration. This provides an alternative to traditional colocation for customers with large, dedicated
compute and data storage needs. Regardless of whether they are used for colocation or single-user purposes, we design, manufacture and operate our Switch MODs to meet
our proprietary Tier 5 Platinum standard.
The Switch POWER SPINE is an innovative adaptation allowing increased modularity in data center architecture. The Switch POWER SPINE provides the structure
and pathway to provision power from any power room to any cabinet within the data center. This allows for the delivery of additional circuits to any cabinet over many years
in an efficient and organized fashion. The POWER SPINE also reduces construction costs by placing the overhead weight of the heavy power conduits on the concrete steel-
reinforced slab on grade floor, reducing the roof load and infrastructure needed to support that load. Placing the POWER SPINE on the grade floor also increases the seismic
integrity of the facility.
The Switch Power Distribution Units, or PDUs, are part of our system-plus-system color-coded power components, which provide modular power and allow the data
center to deliver 100% power uptime.
Power Density and Cooling Capacity
One of the most significant challenges faced by traditional colocation facilities is the need to increase their power density and cooling capacity to keep pace with the
increases in IT equipment power requirements and heat exhaustion. Traditional data centers are designed with a raised floor and internal Computer Room Air Conditioner, or
CRAC, units that take up valuable floor space. In these traditional environments, the hot air exhausted by IT equipment blends with the cold air provided by the CRAC units,
which causes the temperature to rise. As customers add more equipment, the data center operator must install additional internal CRAC units. Customers in these traditional
data centers are required to leave portions of the cabinets empty to reduce the amount of heat coming out of the cabinet, which forces the customer to buy additional space
for their equipment to accommodate these cooling restrictions. We expect many traditional colocation facilities will be required to attempt to retrofit their infrastructure, if
possible, to accommodate the additional weight of denser cabinets and the additional equipment necessary to power and cool those cabinets. Without these retrofitting
changes, we believe these traditional colocation facilities will not be able to accommodate the newer servers or the higher densities required by customers who want to run
them.
We have developed patented technologies that have redefined data center space and cooling, allowing customers to deploy high density and scalable IT
architectures to support demanding and mission critical workloads. Our data centers are designed to enable us to adapt to customers' needs for increased power and densities
without retrofitting our existing facilities. These technologies include:
• 100% Hot Aisle Containment Rows. We refer to our patented 100% Hot Aisle Containment Row technology as the Switch T-SCIF, or Thermal Separate
Compartment in Facility. As depicted in the figure below, the T-SCIF creates a fully contained hot aisle between parallel rows of cabinets. The heat from the
customers' equipment exhausts into the hot aisle, where it vents up into a hot-air plenum and out of the data center via extraction fans. Simultaneously, cold air is
released from the overhead vents in the cold room into the intakes of the IT equipment in the cabinets, which cools the equipment. The exhausted hot air is never
allowed to blend back into the cold room, which helps ensure that our customers' IT equipment operates in the correct environmental conditions. Using this
cooling method, we are able to cool power levels that significantly exceed those of traditional data centers. Our ability to support these increased densities
enables our customers to use and buy less cabinet space to house their equipment, which reduces the cost of their deployment. Similarly, the ability to handle
these increased densities allows us to deploy more power on less space, driving a higher return on capital.
11
• Exterior Wall Penetrating Multi-Mode HVAC Units. We provide cooling to the T-SCIFs using our patented Exterior Wall Penetrating Multi-Mode heating,
ventilation and air conditioning, or HVAC, units that we refer to as the TSC 500, TSC 600 and TSC 1000. The units are attached to the exterior wall of the Switch
MOD, which alleviates the cost of reinforcing the data center floor or roof to support the weight of HVAC equipment, while also enabling complete segregation
of hot and cold air in the data center. The exterior location of our TSC units eliminates the need to bring water into the data center, frees up valuable IT space for
cabinet deployments and allows us to repair or replace any single TSC without disrupting the data center environment. Each of our TSC 500, TSC 600 and TSC
1000 units can take advantage of multiple modes of cooling depending on the environment, which enables us to construct facilities that can be cooled entirely
without water. We believe this combination of cooling methods makes our facilities the most efficient and resilient large-scale commercial data centers ever
constructed.
• Hot and Cold Containment Segregation Structure. The Switch BLACK IRON FOREST is the framework that supports the weight of the 100% Hot Aisle
Containment Rows within a T-SCIF, the ceiling for the heat containment chamber, and the power delivery pathways for each uninterruptible power system, or
UPS, and cabinet system-plus-system PDU. This increases the stability and integrity of our facilities by distributing all overhead weight to a concrete steel-
reinforced slab on grade floor. This structure is also connected horizontally across the facility which increases the physical stability of the facility. In addition,
this structure's thermal qualities help efficiently maintain the temperature within the data center because all of this metal gets cold from all the cold air blowing on
it all the time, and stays cold, radiating cold air through the room and helping to keep the room cold.
12
Resiliency
Another challenge faced by all data centers is the ability to assure customers that their IT equipment remains operational despite utility power outages or other
unplanned occurrences. Since the opening of our first colocation facility, we have delivered 100% uptime to our customers. To accomplish this, we have implemented a tri-
redundant design, consisting of three separate power systems with no single points of failure. Additionally, each power system contains its own generators and UPSs.
Effectively, one entire system can experience a failure without our customers experiencing any downtime. Other proprietary elements that contribute to our resiliency include:
• Redundant Data Center Roofing System. Switch SHIELD is a patented system consisting of an inner roof and outer roof that are separated by nine feet. Both
roofs are solid steel, unpenetrated, watertight, airtight, and rated to withstand winds up to 200 miles per hour. If the outer roof is damaged, the inner roof still
protects our customers' IT equipment. Switch SHIELD mitigates extreme weather conditions and, with its dual-roof architecture, allows the maintenance, repair or
replacement of the roof components while protecting the critical system operations of the data center below, even during a full roof replacement.
• Multi-System Power Containers. The Switch POD, or Power Optimized Delivery, consists of a separate, color-coded, tri-redundant system in a system-plus-
system configuration. This tri-redundant design reinforces our mission-critical focus on delivering 100% power uptime.
• Data Center Infrastructure Management System (DCIM). The advanced infrastructure solutions that power, cool, connect and protect our data centers are
monitored and optimized with our Living Data Center, or LDC, software. This Switch-developed and supported software monitors all the critical infrastructure of
the data center macro-environment and the micro-environments for each customer. Our customers can securely access data pertaining to each of their
deployments on a real-time basis as LDC dynamically updates and displays information synthesized from thousands of sensors deployed throughout each
facility.
13
Our Campus Locations
As of December 31, 2017, we had the following Prime Campuses operating or under development at strategic locations in the United States, encompassing 10 data
centers and 4.0 million GSF of space:
• The Core Campus. The Core Campus in Las Vegas, Nevada currently encompasses eight separate data centers with up to approximately
2.0 million GSF of space and up to 275 MW of 100% renewable power available to these facilities. We have one additional data center under
construction at The Core Campus, which we expect will be operational in late 2018 to early 2019, which will provide approximately 340,000
GSF of additional space and have up to 40 MW of 100% renewable power available to the facility. The Core Campus location offers
approximately 5- and 6-millisecond latencies to Southern California and Phoenix, respectively.
• The Citadel Campus. The Citadel Campus near Reno, Nevada is designed to be the world's largest data center campus. Our first data center
in The Citadel Campus, which we believe will be the largest data center in the world upon completion, opened in November 2016. This data
center is designed to include up to approximately 1.4 million GSF of space and have up to 130 MW of 100% renewable power available to
the facility. We have plans to build seven additional data centers at The Citadel Campus that will provide up to approximately 5.9 million GSF
of additional space and have up to 520 MW of 100% renewable power available to the facilities. We anticipate that the first of these data
centers will become operational in 2019, with the remaining to be constructed as necessary to meet customer demand. The Citadel Campus
location offers approximately 4-millisecond latency to Northern California.
• The Pyramid Campus. The Pyramid Campus is our Northeastern Prime and is located in Grand Rapids, Michigan. It was designed to be the
largest data center campus in the eastern United States. The first data center space became available in the Switch Pyramid, an adaptive reuse
of the former Steelcase Pyramid, in June 2016. The Switch Pyramid is designed to include up to 220,000 GSF of datacenter floorspace and
have up to 10 MW of 100% renewable power available to the facility. The Pyramid Campus is planned to include up to two additional data
centers that will provide up to approximately 940,000 GSF of additional space and have up to 100 MW of 100% renewable power available
to the facilities. We expect to construct these facilities as necessary to meet customer demand. In addition to serving the Michigan market, The
Pyramid Campus location offers approximately 4-millisecond latency to Chicago.
• The Keep Campus. The Keep Campus is our Southeastern Prime under development and located in Atlanta, Georgia. We began developing
the campus in June 2017 and began construction in the fourth quarter of 2017, with data center space currently planned to be available in
2019.
The Core Campus and The Citadel Campus are connected through a fiber network known as the Switch SUPERLOOP. The Switch SUPERLOOP gives customers the
advantages of a highly available yet low latency fiber network in close proximity to the major markets of California, but without the high taxes, the high cost of power or the
high risk of natural disasters associated with California. The latency between The Core Campus and The Citadel Campus locations is approximately 7 milliseconds using the
Nevada portion of the SUPERLOOP. This connectivity enables customers to deploy mission-critical infrastructure and workloads in a large active-active data center
configuration. It also provides geographical redundancy of data center deployments while staying within Nevada's tax-advantaged business climate. Through our carrier
partners, the Switch SUPERLOOP location also provides approximately 4-millisecond connectivity from The Citadel Campus to the Bay Area and approximately 5-millisecond
connectivity from The Core Campus to Southern California (round trip).
We carefully chose the locations of our U.S. campuses based on characteristics that we believed would help drive resiliency, performance and cost efficiencies for
our customers. Our Prime campus locations are located in areas with low natural disaster risk. For example, the State of Nevada boasts the lowest natural disaster rating in the
Western United States. Additionally, each of these locations offers favorable tax and economic development policies that provide zero or low-tax environments for our
customers to deploy IT equipment. While all of our locations offer a lower-cost source of 100% renewable power, there are additional efficiency advantages. For example, the
Nevada climate is characterized by low humidity and relatively stable temperatures for most of the year. This improves cooling efficiencies and reduces power consumption.
We own most of our facilities, and where the land and shell are not owned, we hold long-term leases on those assets.
In addition to our Primes, SUPERNAP International has deployed facilities in Italy and Thailand that collectively provide up to 904,200 GSF of space, with up to 100
MW of power available to the facilities.
14
Our Platform Has Powerful Network Effects and Nurtures a Rich Technology Ecosystem
Our technology infrastructure platform supports a dynamic technology ecosystem bringing together enterprises and service providers, including cloud and managed
services providers and telecommunications carriers. Participants benefit from the proximity to these service providers, customers and collaborators. Our platform and our
ecosystem have independent but synergistic self-proliferating network effects that benefit participants as we continue to innovate, our platform evolves and our ecosystem
grows.
As we continue to improve and enhance our technology, we believe our customer value proposition grows stronger. In turn, our ability to deliver increasing value to
our customers attracts new customers and encourages existing customers to grow with us.
Our Technology Ecosystem Creates Significant Value and Has Powerful Network Effects
Our hyperscale data centers are akin to a large and dynamic digital city, which is home to a wide variety of technology citizens. These citizens engage in commerce
with each other and collaborate to enhance their offerings to the world in general. All benefit from the density of our facilities, the proximity to each other and the opportunity
to interact in a safe, secure and stable environment. Our ecosystem includes numerous enterprises from a wide variety of business segments, many of which are operating
their most dense deployments and hosting mission-critical data and applications. These enterprises attract other participants within the ecosystem, such as cloud platform
providers, managed services providers and telecommunications carriers that we refer to collectively as ecosystem service providers.
In turn, the presence of these ecosystem service providers attracts other new enterprise customers seeking to collaborate with our ecosystem service providers. This further
differentiates our ecosystem by increasing customer diversity and the range of mission-critical applications run within a single campus. We proactively foster an environment
where technology companies can connect and innovate on various projects, which further increases participation in the ecosystem.
The powerful Switch technology ecosystem envisioned by Rob Roy creates value for our enterprise customers, such as:
• Telecommunications Purchasing. The scale of our campuses attracts a robust network of telecommunications carriers to our facilities that is mutually
beneficial to our customers and the carriers. The size and diversity of customers in our campuses generate significant demand for connectivity, while at the same
time providing a cost effective entry point for carriers. Because of Rob Roy's inventions, Switch can fit a significantly larger amount of customers into each data
center campus, therefore on-net telecommunications carriers can sell large quantities of services to this ecosystem of customers. Our CORE purchasing
cooperative aggregates the buying power of our customers, enabling us to provide significant cost-savings on connectivity, while also maintaining a flexible and
expansive carrier partner ecosystem from which our customers can choose. Customers can use CORE to acquire connectivity services outside of our campuses.
• Service Provider Access. Our Switch CLOUD ecosystem provides our customers with direct access to more than 200 cloud and managed services providers
and the flexibility to leverage the right mix of on- and off-premise public and private cloud services. By establishing these connections within our facility, our
customers enjoy low-latency, highly secure and flexible access to multiple cloud providers to meet their unique business requirements.
•
Interconnectivity. Our ecosystem connects more than 800 customers, including over 200 cloud and managed services providers and more than 80
telecommunications providers, which enhances our customers' ability to inter- and cross-connect. The ability for customers to privately interconnect has many
benefits including reducing costs, optimizing performance and satisfying regulatory requirements. Interconnecting within our data center allows customers to
avoid the expense associated with long-haul dedicated connectivity and provides reduced latency and higher availability. By cross-connecting within our
facilities, regulated entities can avoid the need to exchange traffic over the internet, thereby satisfying regulatory security requirements in a more cost-efficient
manner.
• Collaborative Innovation. Our dedicated non-commissioned sales team is driven to help our customers connect, innovate and develop technologies of the
future and actively works to foster collaboration amongst our ecosystem participants. Because our sales force is non-commissioned, they are enabled and
encouraged to build positive relationships and foster interaction between our customers on a platform grounded in truth. This is part of our Truth in Technology
commitment. For example, we connected a small Internet Protocol television, or IPTV, company in our ecosystem with a large hospitality company in our
ecosystem that was frustrated with the performance of, and options available on, the televisions in its hotel rooms. We also assisted them with their technical
collaboration. As a result, the IPTV company now provides services to over 5,000 hotel rooms operated
15
by the hospitality company. We believe our ecosystem played a key role in initiating and developing this successful relationship.
Our technology ecosystem also creates intrinsic value for Switch, such as:
• Visibility into Future Technologies. Our customers run some of their most mission-critical and advanced applications in our hyperscale facilities and our
exposure to that technology gives us unique visibility into future trends and allows us to plan for future needs.
• Lower Customer Acquisition Costs. Our ecosystem attracts customers. This natural and self-reinforcing phenomenon results in less time and money spent
acquiring customers.
• Customer Loyalty. Our ecosystem helps support our strong customer value proposition, which in turn creates customer loyalty. We believe this loyalty is
evidenced by our low annual churn rate, which averaged approximately 0.9% over the three years ended December 31, 2017 and 0.6% for the year ended
December 31, 2017. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2017, approximately 54% of our revenue was derived from parties that had been our customer
for more than five years. Moreover, our customers regularly expand their deployments within our facilities. For example, approximately 84% of the increase in
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 was attributable to growth from existing customers, while the remaining 16% of the increase in revenue was
attributable to new customers initiating service after December 31, 2016.
Our Customer Scale and Density allows us to offer Collaborative Services
As our platform and customer base continues to expand, we continue to realize growing efficiencies and benefits of scale at each of our Primes. Our large and
growing customer base within each Prime has provided us with the economies of scale necessary to provide our customers valuable ancillary services, such as Switch
CONNECT and Switch SAFE.
• Switch CONNECT. Switch CONNECT provides telecommunications audit and agency services that help our customers evaluate network needs and purchase
substantially discounted telecommunications services through CORE, our purchasing cooperative. CORE aggregates the buying power of the over $6 trillion
combined market capitalization of the customers in our ecosystem. Our Switch CONNECT team has achieved savings in excess of 50% for our customers
compared with their previous telecommunications spend.
• Switch SAFE. Switch SAFE provides our customers with a large scale, always-on distributed denial of service (D/DoS) attack mitigation platform. We work
with customers to understand attack profiles and configure networks to respond to the evolving threat landscape. Switch SAFE is capable of managing attacks
of up to 300 gigabits-per-second and 220 million packets-per-second from a single device, allowing our customers to keep their mission critical services up and
running.
Our customer density results in a multiplicity of technology enterprises in the same location which creates a powerful environment for both our enterprise customers
and our ecosystem service providers. We believe these customer densities and volumes enable our ecosystem service providers to earn a desirable return on their capital
investment, even with the discounted rates we negotiate on behalf of our customers.
These collaborative services create even greater value for our customers and ecosystem service providers alike, creating a self-reinforcing feedback loop.
Our Customers
We have more than 800 customers, including some of the world's largest technology and digital media companies, cloud and managed service providers, financial
institutions and telecommunications providers. Our customer base is meaningfully diversified across key industries, including approximately 24% in cloud, IT and software,
18% in digital media and entertainment, 18% in retail and consumer goods, 10% in financial and 10% in telecommunications as of December 31, 2017. In each of these
industries we have marquee customers who have grown with us over time. We believe that we have a significant opportunity to both grow penetration of existing customers
as well as attract new customers. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 38.5% and 38.4% of revenue,
respectively, and only one customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue during each period.
We provide our customers with a consistent experience and high level of service at low cost, which enables us to maintain one of the lowest churn rates in the
industry and the lowest of any publicly reporting data center company that reports churn rate metrics. From 2015 to 2017, our annual churn rate averaged 0.9%. Our early
customers remain loyal to us today. Our
16
typical customer contract has a three-to-five-year term, and in the year ended December 31, 2017, 54% of our revenue came from customers that have been with us for more
than five years. Moreover, we derive a significant amount of our growth from existing customers.
Sustainability
Since January 1, 2016, we have powered all of our U.S. data centers with 100% clean and renewable energy. We are the largest data center operator in the United
States to be 100% renewably powered, and we support local and new renewable facilities. We have successfully accomplished this goal through a combination of
technological innovation, capital investment, industry partnerships and public advocacy. Many of our customers and potential customers are looking for ways to achieve
their "green" goals and reach desired levels of sustainability, which other colocation solutions cannot provide. By locating their IT equipment with us, they are able to
advance on those goals and improve on their current level of sustainability. Elements of our sustainability efforts include the following:
• Clicking Clean Scorecard. In recognition of our efforts, Greenpeace awarded us "A" grades in all five categories measured by Greenpeace in its 2017 Clicking
Clean Company Scorecard. We were the only company in the United States that received all "A" grades, and we were recognized as the leader among colocation
data centers evaluated in the study. We believe that many technology and infrastructure companies, as well as their customers and clients, evaluate progress
towards achieving "clean energy" goals by reference to the company scorecards included in this report.
• Leading Power and Cooling Efficiency. Our technology results in significant efficiencies enabling annual Power Usage Effectiveness, or PUE, of 1.28. We do
not believe other colocation data center providers are able to maintain such a low PUE while simultaneously allowing customers to operate at very high power
densities. We accomplish all of this without compromising our adherence to industry best standards. Our facilities are 100% green and operate at a level that
exceeds the standards of IEEE, ANSI, ASHRAE, 24/7, ISO 9001, SAS 70/SSAE-16, BICSI, and the Green Grid Association.
• Supporting New and Local Solar. In 2016, we partnered with the local Nevada utility to construct Switch Station 1 and Switch Station 2, which are two solar
power stations in Las Vegas, Nevada having a combined 179 MW of nameplate capacity.
• Energy Market Direct Access. We were the first entity since 2005 to seek the right to unbundle from the electric monopoly in Nevada. By leaving the
monopoly and being able to purchase power from the broader electric market, we have greater freedom to control the energy we use, including the ability to lock
in our commodity pricing for longer periods, purchase renewable energy from economical resources and effectuate broader national policy change. We received
Nevada regulatory approval in December of 2016, and since June 1, 2017, we have been buying our power directly from the national market, as opposed to
buying it from the incumbent electrical power utility. We have seen savings from this direct national energy market participation.
Our Values
Our core values govern how every Switch employee executes on our mission to power the sustainable growth of the connected world and include:
• Truth in Technology. Our customers place a significant level of trust in us to provide them the best technology solutions for their business. Our sales
professionals are not paid on commission, and are not incentivized in any way to promote any particular configuration, product or business solutions pathway to
our customers.
• Sustainable by Design. Sustainably running the internet has been a core value since our founding. Our commitment does not stop there. We thoughtfully
pursue the advancement of new, innovative policies that expand access to smart water, clean energy and the technological advances that are changing the way
the world is powered. We focus on sustainability on multiple levels and have adopted internal policies focused on reducing plastic bottle waste, utilizing
biodegradable tableware and recycling.
• Committing to Our Communities through Economic Development. We believe in building strong communities wherever we operate. We drive and will
continue to push economic development through the creation of Rob Roy's InNEVation Centers. The centers were created by Rob Roy to support the Governor's
New Nevada Initiative. We like to say that we take the "no" out of innovation. These economic hubs support startups, growups and our customers in
collaborating with non-profits, educators, community and thought leaders and "inNEVators" of all shapes and sizes to engage with each other and drive
economic results in the communities in which we operate.
17
• Leading the Industry and beyond in Gender Equality and Veteran Placement. We believe our workforce is richly diverse in its total composition at all levels
and outpaces our industry in the number of women executives. Women hold high-level technical positions throughout our company, including chief
responsibility for construction, sales, branding and customer operations. Veterans provide another critical backbone of our workforce. We honor their service
and actively recruit veterans to our mission-critical environment. Through our Switch University, we have pioneered strategic partnerships with community
colleges to develop a work force that is prepared for the careers that run the Internet of Everything in our data centers.
• Supporting Interdisciplinary Education Blending Technology and the Arts. We believe that combining education, technology and the arts creates a
powerful platform for the future of our country and its market competitiveness. We have collaborated with universities to bring about improvements in research
through our donations of supercomputers and connectivity to help accelerate their standing in the critical world of higher education research. We are also
passionate about funding programs that build school gardens to connect youth to science through hands-on experiential learning. We bring financial
commitment and thought leadership to preparing the next generation of whole-mind thinkers through an unwavering commitment to interdisciplinary Science,
Technology, Engineering, the Arts and Mathematics (STEAM) education programs in Nevada and Michigan and in any state where we operate. Switch proudly
supports First Robotics winning teams in Nevada and Michigan, the STEAM Education Village at Art Prize in Grand Rapids, the Nevada Museum of the Arts
STEAM School, and the Smith Center for Performing Arts STEAM Programs. We believe that the best creative problem solvers who can integrate form and
function with equal mastery through science, technology, engineering, arts and math education platforms will run the internet of absolutely everything with both
form and function in mind.
• Karma: Our culture is grounded in the philosophy of doing the right thing. Innovation, detail and excellence drives everything from the interior architecture
of our environments to our delivery of 100% uptime. We do it all with dedication to providing world-renowned facilities, superior service for our customers, the
best working experience in the industry, true technology leadership and deep caring for the communities where we operate and the planet where we live. Our
logo mark was personally designed by Rob Roy to put the power of karma at the center of our company. We believe that if you put good energy out, you will get
good energy back.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales strategy is built around "Truth in Technology." Our team works closely with each customer to identify that customer's needs and to design a solution
tailored to meet those needs. They also help to integrate each customer into our ecosystem, which provides access to Switch Connect and Switch Cloud and potentially the
ability to connect directly with their existing and potential customers. Many of our customers encourage their customers, suppliers and business partners to place IT
equipment in our data centers, which has created a network effect resulting in additional customer acquisitions. In addition, large network providers, cloud providers or
managed services providers may refer customers to us as part of their total customer solution. These processes have resulted in significant customer growth with limited
spend on sales and marketing. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we spent $13.9 million on selling and marketing expenses. Selling and marketing expenses include sales
and marketing labor costs, direct branding and selling expenses, as well as administrative and travel and entertainment expenses for our marketing and sales departments.
Selling and marketing expenses exclude sponsorships, contributions and lobbying expenses.
We use a direct sales force and selected partner relationships to market our offerings to global enterprises, content providers, financial companies and mobile and
network service providers. As of December 31, 2017, our colocation sales team consisted of 15 employees, who collectively have more than 50 years of experience as members
of our team. No member of our sales team receives commissions, which fosters a team environment and allows our representatives to offer the customer the solution they need
without artificial sales pressure. We believe that the strength of our product and market reputation are the single biggest reasons for increased sales activity. We generally will
take on incremental sales headcount only when expanding into new geographies.
To support our sales efforts and to promote our brand proactively, we have a branding team and a marketing team. As of December 31, 2017, our branding and
marketing teams consisted of 15 employees. Our marketing strategies include active public relations and ongoing customer communications programs. We also regularly
measure customer satisfaction levels and host key customer forums to identify and address customer needs. We believe our brand is one of our most valuable assets, and we
strive to build recognition through our website, external blog and social media channels, by sponsoring or leading industry technical forums, by participating in internet
industry standard-setting bodies and through advertising and online campaigns.
18
Competition
We offer a broad range of data center services and, as a result, we may compete with a wide range of data center service providers for some or all of the services we
offer. We face competition from numerous developers, owners and operators in the data center industry, including managed services providers and real estate investment
trusts, or REITs, such as CoreSite Realty Corporation, CyrusOne Inc., Digital Realty Trust Inc., Equinix, Inc. and QTS Realty Trust, Inc., some of which own or lease data
centers, or may do so in the future, in markets in which our properties are located. Additionally, we are aware of other smaller companies that may compete against us in
various geographies or that may be developing additional data center capabilities to compete with us. Our current and future competitors may vary by size and service
offerings and geographic presence.
Competition is primarily centered on reputation and track record, quality and availability of data center space, quality of service, technical expertise, security,
reliability, functionality, geographic coverage, financial strength and price. Some of our current and future competitors may have greater brand recognition, longer operating
histories, stronger marketing, technical and financial resources and access to less expensive power than we do. As a result, some of our competitors may be able to:
• offer space at prices below current market rates or below the prices we currently charge our customers;
• bundle colocation services with other services or equipment they provide at reduced prices;
• develop superior products or services, gain greater market acceptance and expand their service offerings more efficiently or rapidly;
• adapt to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements more quickly;
•
take advantage of acquisition and other opportunities more readily; and
• adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the promotion, marketing and sales of their services.
We operate in a competitive market, and we face pricing pressure for our services. Prices for our services are affected by a variety of factors, including supply and
demand conditions and pricing pressures from our competitors. We may be required to lower our prices to remain competitive, which may decrease our margins and adversely
affect our business prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
Employees
As of December 31, 2017, we had 723 employees. We collaborate with the local unions where applicable, such as construction and the trades, however, none of our
direct employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe our employee relations are good, and we have not experienced
any work stoppages.
Regulation
General
Data centers in our markets are subject to various laws, ordinances and regulations. We believe that each of our properties has the necessary permits and approvals
for us to operate our business.
Americans with Disabilities Act
Our properties must comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA, to the extent that such properties are "public accommodations"
or "commercial facilities" as defined by the ADA. The ADA may require, for example, removal of structural barriers to access by persons with disabilities in certain public
areas of our properties where such removal is readily achievable. We believe that our properties are in substantial compliance with the ADA and that we will not be required to
make substantial capital expenditures to address the requirements of the ADA. However, noncompliance with the ADA could result in imposition of fines or an award of
damages to private litigants. The obligation to make readily achievable accommodations is an ongoing one, and we will continue to assess our properties and to make
alterations as appropriate in this respect.
19
Environmental Matters
We are required to obtain a number of permits from various government agencies to construct a data center facility, including the customary zoning, land use and
related permits, and are also subject to laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, the storage, management and disposal of hazardous materials,
emissions to air and discharges to water, the cleanup of contaminated sites and health and safety matters. These include various regulations promulgated by the
Environmental Protection Agency and other federal, state, and local regulatory agencies and legislative bodies relating to our operations, including those involving power
generators, batteries, and fuel storage to support colocation infrastructure. While we believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with environmental, health, and
human safety laws and regulations, as an owner or operator of property and in connection with the current and historical use of hazardous materials and other operations at its
sites, we could incur significant costs, including fines, penalties and other sanctions, cleanup costs and third-party claims for property damages or personal injuries, as a
result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws and regulations. Fuel storage tanks are present at many of our properties, and if releases were to occur, we may be
liable for the costs of cleaning up resulting contamination. Some of our sites also have a history of previous commercial operations, including past underground storage tanks.
Some of the properties may contain asbestos-containing building materials. Environmental laws require that asbestos-containing building materials be properly
managed and maintained, and may impose fines and penalties on building owners or operators for failure to comply with these requirements.
Environmental consultants have conducted, as appropriate, Phase I or similar non-intrusive environmental site assessments on recently acquired properties and if
appropriate, additional environmental inquiries and assessments on recently acquired properties. Nonetheless, we may acquire or develop sites in the future with unknown
environmental conditions from historical operations. Although we are not aware of any sites at which we currently have material remedial obligations, the imposition of
remedial obligations as a result of spill or the discovery of contaminants in the future could result in significant additional costs to us.
Our operations also require us to obtain permits and/or other governmental approvals and to develop response plans in connection with the use of our generators or
other operations. These requirements could restrict our operations or delay the development of data centers in the future. In addition, from time to time, federal, state or local
government regulators enact new or revise existing legislation or regulations that could affect us, either beneficially or adversely. As a result, we could incur significant costs
in complying with environmental laws or regulations that are promulgated in the future.
Intellectual Property
Intellectual property is an important aspect of our business, and we actively seek protection for our intellectual property. To establish and protect our proprietary
rights, we rely upon a combination of patent, trade secret, trademark and copyright laws. We also utilize contractual means such as confidentiality agreements, licenses and
intellectual property assignment agreements. We maintain a robust policy requiring our employees, contractors, consultants and other third parties to enter into confidentiality
and proprietary rights agreements to control access to our proprietary information. These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection, and any of our
intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed or misappropriated. Furthermore, the laws of certain countries do not protect proprietary
rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and we therefore may be unable to protect our proprietary technology in certain jurisdictions.
As of December 31, 2017, we have 13 granted or allowed U.S. patents and patent applications by the USPTO comprising 270 granted or allowed claims. We also have
12 pending U.S. patent applications comprising 177 patent pending claims. The first of our patents begin expiring on or around June 13, 2028 subject to our ability to extend
the term under applicable law. In addition to capturing additional innovations and inventions generated by Switch and its founder Rob Roy, we continually review our
development efforts to assess the existence and patentability of new intellectual property. We actively pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks and service
marks in the United States, including new generic top-level domains, and in certain locations outside the United States. To protect our brand, we file trademark registrations in
some international jurisdictions, and actively monitor online activities of others. As of December 31, 2017, we also had over 125 trademark class registrations and pending
applications for over 240 trademark class registrations in the United States and foreign countries. We have also registered over 500 domain names, including www.switch.com,
www.switch.net, www.switch.org.
We have engaged in limited licensing of our intellectual property and there is the potential to further monetize our intellectual property in this manner in the future.
Currently, we deploy our intellectual property for our own benefit and leverage our registrations to prevent mimicry by others.
20
Our Portfolio
The following chart provides various metrics relative to our portfolio as of December 31, 2017:
Year Operational
Gross Square Feet (up
to)(2)
Utilization % - By
Campus (3)
Utilization % - By Open
Sector(3)
Power Capacity (up to)(4)
Campus (1)
The Core Campus(5)
Current: 8 Facilities(6)
Future: 1 Facility
The Citadel Campus
Current: TAHOE RENO 1
Future: 7 Facilities
The Pyramid Campus
Current: Switch PYRAMID
2003-2017
2018
2016
2019+
2016
2,000,000
340,000
1,360,000
5,890,000
430,000
(Office)
220,000
(Data Center)
940,000
86%
91%
18%
52%
275 MW
40 MW
130 MW
520 MW
25%
50%
10 MW
100 MW
110 MW
415 MW
770 MW
Future: 2 Facilities
2019+
The Keep Campus
Future
U.S. Total (Current)
U.S. Total (Future)
________________________________________
(1)
2018
1,100,000
4,010,000
8,270,000
SUPERNAP International has also deployed two additional data centers in Milan, Italy and Bangkok, Thailand that collectively provide up to 904,200 GSF of space, with up to 100 MW of
power available to these facilities. We hold a 50% ownership interest in SUPERNAP International.
Estimated square footage of all enclosed space at full build out.
Utilization numbers are based on available cabinets. The Citadel Campus and The Pyramid Campus opened in the second half of 2016 and are in the first phase of development. Additional
capital investment will be required to reach full build out.
Defined as total power delivered to the data center at full build out.
We lease a data center building and the underlying land for three of our data centers at The Core Campus that have non-cancellable terms expiring through 2066.
Current facilities at The Core Campus include LAS VEGAS 2, LAS VEGAS 4, LAS VEGAS 5, LAS VEGAS 7, LAS VEGAS 8, LAS VEGAS 9, LAS VEGAS 10 and LAS VEGAS 12.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Organizational Structure and Corporate Information
Switch, Inc. is a Nevada corporation formed on June 13, 2017 in connection with our IPO. On October 11, 2017, we completed our IPO of 35,937,500 shares of Class A
common stock at a public offering price of $17.00 per share, which includes 4,687,500 shares issued pursuant to the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares. We
received approximately $577.3 million in proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and before offering expenses of $4.9 million, which we used to purchase
newly issued Common Units from Switch, Ltd. at a price per Common Unit equal to the IPO price per share of our Class A common stock.
We are a holding company, and our principal asset is our equity interest in Switch, Ltd. In connection with the IPO, we completed a series of organizational
transactions, including the following:
• we amended and restated Switch, Ltd.'s existing operating agreement to, among other things, convert all of the Former Incentive Unit Holders' incentive units into
Common Units and appoint Switch, Inc. as the manager of Switch, Ltd.;
• we amended and restated our articles of incorporation to, among other things, provide for Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock;
and
• we issued shares of Class B common stock to the Non-Founder Members on a one-to-one basis with the number of Common Units they owned, for nominal
consideration, and shares of Class C common stock to the Founder Members on a one-to-one basis with the number of Common Units they owned, for nominal
consideration.
Although we have a minority economic interest in Switch, Ltd., we have the sole voting interest in, and control the management of, Switch, Ltd. Accordingly, we
consolidate the financial results of Switch, Ltd. and report a non-controlling
21
interest on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), representing the portion of net income or loss and comprehensive income or loss
attributable to the other members of Switch, Ltd.
See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 for more information about the above-mentioned transactions as well as the other
transactions completed in connection with the IPO. As of December 31, 2017, we owned 14.5% of Switch, Ltd. and the non-controlling interest holders owned the
remaining 85.5% of Switch, Ltd.
Our principal executive offices are located at 7135 S. Decatur Boulevard, Las Vegas, Nevada 89118, and our telephone number is (702) 444-4111. Our website address
is www.switch.com. Information contained on, or that can be access through, our website does not constitute part of this Form 10-K.
Additional Information
All reports we file with the SEC are available free of charge via EDGAR through the SEC website at www.sec.gov. In addition, the public may read and copy materials
we file with the SEC at the SEC's public reference room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. We also provide copies of our Forms 8-K, 10-K and 10-Q, Proxy
Statement, Annual Report and amendments to those documents at no charge to investors upon request and make electronic copies of such reports available through our
website at investors.switch.com as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material with the SEC. The information found on, or otherwise accessible through, our
website is not incorporated by reference into, nor does it form a part of, this Form 10-K, or any other document that we file with the SEC.
22
Item 1A.
Risk Factors.
Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the
other information included in this Form 10-K, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the
consolidated financial statements and the related notes. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed below will not occur. Our business, financial condition and
results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks or uncertainties. In that case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could
decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. All forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf are qualified by the risks described below.
Risks Related to Our Business
A slowdown in the demand for data center resources and other market and economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on us.
Adverse developments in the data center market or in the industries in which our customers operate could lead to a decrease in the demand for data center resources, which
could have a material adverse effect on us. We face risks including:
• a decline in the technology industry, such as a decrease in the use of mobile or web-based commerce, business layoffs or downsizing, relocation of businesses,
increased costs of complying with existing or new government regulations and other factors;
• a slowdown in the growth of the Internet generally as a medium for commerce and communication;
• a downturn in the market for data center space generally, which could be caused by an oversupply of or reduced demand for data center space;
• any transition by our customers of data center storage from third-party providers like us to customer-owned and operated facilities;
•
•
•
the rapid development of new technologies or the adoption of new industry standards that render our or our customers' current products and services obsolete
or unmarketable and, in the case of our customers, that contribute to a downturn in their businesses, increasing the likelihood of a default under their service
agreements or that they become insolvent;
the migration from colocation data centers to the public cloud; and
technological advancements that result in less data center space being required.
To the extent that any of these or other adverse conditions occurs, they are likely to impact market demand and pricing for our services.
Additionally, we and our customers are affected by general business and economic conditions in the United States and globally. These conditions include short-term and
long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, political issues, legislative and regulatory changes, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets and broad trends in
industry and finance, all of which are beyond our control. Macroeconomic conditions that affect the economy and the economic outlook of the United States and the rest of
the world could adversely affect our customers and vendors, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Any inability to manage our growth could disrupt our business and reduce our profitability.
We have experienced significant growth in recent years. Our annual revenue grew from $166.8 million in 2013 to $378.3 million in 2017. Our rapid growth has placed, and will
continue to place, significant demands on our management and our administrative, operational and financial systems. Continued expansion increases the challenges we
face in:
• managing a large and growing customer base;
• obtaining suitable land to build new data centers;
• establishing new operations at additional data centers and maintaining efficient use of the data center facilities we operate;
• expanding our service portfolio to cover a wider range of services;
• creating and capitalizing on economies of scale;
• obtaining additional capital to meet our future capital needs;
•
recruiting, training and retaining a sufficient number of skilled technical, sales and management personnel;
• maintaining effective oversight over personnel and multiple data center locations;
23
• coordinating work among sites and project teams; and
• developing and improving our internal systems, particularly for managing our continually expanding business operations.
If we fail to manage the growth of our operations effectively, our businesses and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.
Our operating results may fluctuate.
We have experienced fluctuations in our results of operations on a quarterly and annual basis. The fluctuations in our operating results may cause the market price of our
Class A common stock to be volatile. We may experience significant fluctuations in our operating results in the foreseeable future due to a variety of factors, including:
•
the timing and magnitude of depreciation and interest expense or other expenses related to the acquisition, purchase or construction of additional data centers or
the upgrade of existing data centers;
• demand for space, power and services at our data centers;
• changes in general economic conditions, such as an economic downturn, or specific market conditions in the telecommunications and internet industries, both of
which may have an impact on our customer base;
•
the duration of the sales cycle for our offerings;
• acquisitions or dispositions we may make;
•
•
•
•
the financial condition and credit risk of our customers;
the provision of customer discounts and credits;
the mix of current and proposed products and offerings and the gross margins associated with our products and offerings;
the timing required for new and future data centers to open or become fully utilized;
• competition in the markets in which we operate;
• conditions related to international operations;
•
•
•
increasing repair and maintenance expenses in connection with our data centers;
lack of available capacity in our existing data centers to generate new revenue or delays in opening new or acquired data centers that delay our ability to
generate new revenue in markets which have otherwise reached capacity;
the timing and magnitude of other operating expenses, including taxes, expenses related to the expansion of sales, marketing, operations and acquisitions, if any,
of complementary businesses and assets;
•
the cost and availability of adequate public utilities, including power;
• changes in employee stock-based compensation;
• overall inflation;
•
increasing interest expense due to any increases in interest rates and/or potential additional debt financings;
• changes in our tax planning strategies or failure to realize anticipated benefits from such strategies;
• changes in income tax benefit or expense; and
• changes in or new generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as periodically released by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
Any of the foregoing factors, or other factors discussed elsewhere in this report, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition. Although we have experienced recent revenue growth, this growth rate is not necessarily indicative of future operating results. We may not be able to generate net
income on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. In addition, a relatively large portion of our expenses is fixed in the short term, particularly with respect to lease and
personnel expenses, depreciation and amortization and interest expenses. Therefore, our results of operations are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in revenue. As such,
comparisons to prior reporting periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance, and our results of operations for any quarter may not be indicative
of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year. In addition, our operating results in one or more reporting periods may fail to meet the expectations of securities
analysts or investors.
24
The data center business is capital-intensive, and our capacity to generate capital may be insufficient to meet our anticipated capital requirements. Failure to obtain the
necessary capital when needed may force us to delay, limit or terminate our expansion efforts or other operations.
The costs of constructing, developing, operating and maintaining data centers and growing our operations are substantial. While we strive to match the growth of our
facilities to the demand for services, we still must spend significant amounts before we receive any revenue. Moreover, the anticipated demand may not materialize and we
could be left with over-capacity. In addition, we may encounter development delays, excess development costs, or delays in developing space for our customers. Moreover,
the costs of constructing, developing, operating and maintaining data centers and growing our operations may increase in the future, which may make it more difficult for us to
expand our business and to operate our data centers profitably. We are required to fund the costs of constructing, developing, operating and maintaining our data centers and
growing our operations with cash. We may also need to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings in the future in order to meet our operating and capital needs.
Additional debt or equity financing may not be available when needed or, if available, may not be available on satisfactory terms. Our inability to generate sufficient cash from
operations or to obtain additional debt or equity financing may require us to prioritize projects or curtail capital expenditures and could adversely affect our results
of operations. If we cannot generate sufficient capital to meet our anticipated capital requirements, our financial condition, business expansion and future prospects could be
materially and adversely affected.
If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or equity-linked securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage
ownership of our company, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our Class A common stock. In
addition, any debt financing that we may obtain in the future could have restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational
matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions.
Our success depends on our ability to license the space in our existing data centers. The failure to license the space in our data centers may harm our growth prospects,
future business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our growth depends on our ability to license the space in our existing data centers. We may not be able to attract customers for the space in our data centers for a number of
reasons, including if we:
•
fail to provide competitive pricing terms;
• provide space that is deemed by existing and potential customers to be inferior to those of our competitors, based on factors, including available power,
preferred design features, security considerations, location, and connectivity; or
• are unable to provide services that our existing and potential customers desire.
If we are unable to license available space on a timely basis or at favorable pricing terms, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
growth prospects.
We face risks associated with having a long selling and implementation cycle for our services that requires us to make significant time and resource commitments prior
to recognizing revenue for those services.
We often have a long selling cycle for our largest transactions, which can range from a few months to up to a year or more. This can require our customers and us to invest
significant capital, human resources and time prior to receiving any revenue. A customer's decision to utilize our colocation services or our other services often involves time-
consuming contract negotiations and substantial due diligence on the part of the customer regarding the adequacy of our infrastructure and attractiveness of our resources
and services. Furthermore, we may expend significant time and resources in pursuing a particular sale or customer, and we do not recognize revenue for our services until we
provide the services under the terms of the applicable contract. Our efforts in pursuing a particular sale or customer may not be successful, and we may not always have
sufficient capital on hand to satisfy our working capital needs between the date on which we sign an agreement with a new customer and when we first receive revenue for
services delivered to the customer. If our efforts in pursuing sales and customers are unsuccessful, or our cash on hand is insufficient to cover our working capital needs over
the course of our long selling cycle, our financial condition could be negatively affected.
We may not generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service and working capital requirements.
As of December 31, 2017, we had total indebtedness of $591.8 million under our credit facilities. While we used proceeds from our initial public offering to repay the $231.0
million in outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility in October 2017, we still maintain the $500.0 million revolving credit facility and can borrow additional
amounts subject to the terms of the credit agreement. Our leveraged position could have important consequences, including:
•
impairing our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or general corporate purposes;
25
•
•
•
requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our operating cash flow to paying principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds
available for operations;
limiting our ability to grow and make capital expenditures due to the financial covenants contained in our debt arrangements;
impairing our ability to adjust rapidly to changing market conditions, invest in new or developing technologies, or take advantage of significant business
opportunities that may arise; and
• making us more vulnerable if a general economic downturn occurs or if our business experiences difficulties.
Additionally, our credit facilities are secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Switch, Ltd. and its wholly-owned material domestic
subsidiaries. Our amended and restated credit agreement also contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional debt, incur
additional liens or contingent liabilities, make investments in other persons or property, or sell or dispose of our assets.
We will need to implement our business strategy successfully on a timely basis to meet our debt service and working capital needs. We may not successfully implement our
business strategy, and even if we do, we may not realize the anticipated results of our strategy and generate insufficient operating cash flow to meet our debt service
obligations and working capital needs.
In the event our cash flow is inadequate to meet our debt service and working capital requirements, we may be required, to the extent permitted under our amended and
restated credit agreement and any other credit facilities, to seek additional financing in the debt or equity markets, refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness,
sell selected assets or reduce or delay planned capital or operating expenditures. However, any insufficient cash flow may make it more difficult for us to obtain financing on
terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. We could also face substantial liquidity problems. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or otherwise obtain funds needed
to make required payments under our indebtedness, or if we breach any covenants under our indebtedness, we would be in default under its terms and the holders of such
indebtedness may be able to accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness, which could cause defaults under our other indebtedness.
Increased power costs and limited availability of power resources may adversely affect our results of operations.
We are a large consumer of power and costs of power account for a significant portion of our cost of revenue. We require power supply to provide many services we offer,
such as powering and cooling our customers' servers and network equipment and operating critical data center plant and equipment infrastructure.
The amount of power our customers require may increase as they adopt new technologies, such as virtualization of hardware resources. As a result, the average amount of
power utilized per server is increasing, which in turn increases power consumption required to cool the data center facilities. Pursuant to our service agreements, we provide
our customers with a committed level of power supply availability. Historically, our energy costs have been seasonal, with increased costs primarily in the summer months that
have affected our results of operations. Additionally, we have also committed to operating our data centers with 100% clean and renewable energy. While we are currently
able to obtain 100% clean and renewable energy at costs that we believe are reasonable, a significant increase in the cost of clean and renewable energy or a decrease in its
availability could have materially adverse consequences. These consequences could include placing us at a cost disadvantage if we are forced to increase our fees for
providing, or damaging our brand and reputation if we are unable to provide, 100% clean and renewable energy. Although we aim to improve the energy efficiency of the data
center facilities that we operate, there can be no assurance such data center facilities will be able to deliver sufficient power to meet the growing needs of our customers.
Moreover, we may not be able to address those customers' needs with 100% clean and renewable energy. We may lose customers or our customers may reduce the services
purchased from us due to increased power costs and limited availability of power resources, including clean and renewable power resources, or we may incur costs for data
center space which we cannot utilize, which would reduce our revenue and have a material and adverse effect on our cost of revenue and results of operations.
We attempt to manage our power resources and limit exposure to system downtime due to power outages from the electric grid by having redundant power feeds from the grid
and by using backup generators and battery power. However, these protections may not limit our exposure to power shortages or outages entirely. Any system downtime
resulting from insufficient power resources or power outages could damage our reputation and lead us to lose current and potential customers, which would harm our financial
condition and results of operations.
We generate significant revenue from data centers located in one location and a significant disruption to this location could materially and adversely affect our
operations.
We generate significant revenue from data centers located at The Core Campus in Las Vegas, and a significant disruption to this location could materially and adversely affect
our operations. The Pyramid Campus in Grand Rapids and The Citadel Campus near Reno opened in June 2016 and November 2016, respectively. As of December 31, 2017,
both locations are in the first phase of development and will require additional capital investment to reach full build out and the revenue contribution from these locations is
relatively small in comparison to The Core Campus in Las Vegas. Our data centers located in Las Vegas
26
comprised 93.9% of our revenue during the year ended December 31, 2017. The occurrence of a catastrophic event, or a prolonged disruption in this region could materially
and adversely affect our operations.
Any failure in the critical systems of the data center facilities we operate or services we provide could lead to disruptions in our customers' businesses and could harm
our reputation and result in financial penalty and legal liabilities, which would reduce our revenue and have a material adverse effect on our results of operation.
The critical systems of the data center facilities we operate and the services we provide are subject to failure. Any failure in the critical systems of any data center facility we
operate or services that we provide, including a breakdown in critical plant, equipment or services, such as the cooling equipment, generators, backup batteries, routers,
switches, or other equipment, power supplies, or network connectivity, whether or not within our control, could result in service interruptions and data losses for our
customers as well as equipment damage, which could significantly disrupt the normal business operations of our customers and harm our reputation and reduce our revenue.
Any failure or downtime in one of the data center facilities that we operate could affect many of our customers. The total destruction or severe impairment of any of the data
center facilities we operate could result in significant downtime of our services and loss of customer data. Since our ability to attract and retain customers depends on our
ability to provide highly reliable service, even minor interruptions in our service could harm our reputation and cause us to incur financial penalties. The services we provide
are subject to failures resulting from numerous factors, including:
• power loss;
• equipment failure;
• human error or accidents;
•
•
theft, sabotage and vandalism;
failure by us or our suppliers to provide adequate service or maintenance to our equipment;
• network connectivity downtime and fiber cuts;
•
•
security breaches to our infrastructure;
improper building maintenance by us;
• physical, electronic and cyber security breaches;
•
fire, earthquake, hurricane, tornado, flood and other natural disasters;
• extreme temperatures;
• water damage;
• public health emergencies; and
•
terrorism.
We provide service level commitments to our customers. As a result, service interruptions or equipment damage in our data centers could result in credits to these customers.
We cannot assure you that our customers will accept these credits as compensation. Service interruptions and equipment failures may also damage our brand image and
reputation. Significant or frequent service interruptions could reduce the confidence of our customers and cause our customers to terminate or not renew their licenses. In
addition, we may be unable to attract new customers if we have a reputation for significant or frequent service disruptions in our data centers.
Moreover, service interruptions and equipment failures may expose us to legal liability. As our services are critical to many of our customers' business operations, any
disruption in our services could result in lost profits or other indirect or consequential damages to our customers. Although our customer contracts typically contain
provisions that limit our liability for breach of the agreement, including failing to meet our service level commitments, there can be no assurance that a court would enforce any
contractual limitations on our liability in the event that one of our customers brings a lawsuit against us as the result of a service interruption that they may ascribe to us. The
outcome of any such lawsuit would depend on the specific facts of the case and any legal and policy considerations that we may not be able to mitigate. In such cases, we
could be liable for substantial damage awards.
Delays in the expansion of existing data centers or the construction of new data centers could involve significant risks to our business.
In order to meet customer demand and the continued growth of our business, we need to expand existing data centers or obtain suitable land to build new data centers.
Expansion of existing data centers and construction of new data centers are currently underway or being contemplated, and such expansion and construction requires us to
carefully select and rely on the experience of one or more designers, general contractors and subcontractors during the design and construction process. If a designer or
27
contractor experiences financial or other problems during the design or construction process, we could experience significant delays and incur increased costs to complete the
projects, resulting in negative impacts on our results of operations.
In addition, we need to work closely with the local power suppliers, and sometimes local governments, where we propose to locate our data centers. Delays in actions that
require the assistance of such third parties, or delays in receiving required permits and approvals from such parties, may also affect the speed with which we complete data
center projects or result in their not being completed at all. We have experienced such delays in receiving approvals and permits or in actions to be taken by third parties in the
past and may experience them again in the future.
If we experience significant delays in the supply of power required to support the data center expansion or new construction, either during the design or construction phases,
the progress of the data center expansion and construction could deviate from our original plans, which could cause material and negative effects to our revenue growth,
profitability and results of operations.
We are continuing to invest in our expansion efforts but may not have sufficient customer demand in the future to realize expected returns on these investments.
We expect to continue to expand our data center footprint. In connection with our expansion plans, we may be required to commit significant operational and financial
resources, but there can be no guarantee we will have sufficient customer demand in those markets to support data centers once built. This risk may be greater in a market
where we have not operated previously. Once development of a data center facility is complete, we incur certain operating expenses even if there are no customers occupying
any space. Consequently, if any of our properties have significant vacancies for an extended period of time, our results of operations and business and financial condition will
be affected adversely, the impact of which could be material. In addition, unanticipated technological changes could affect customer requirements for data centers, and we may
not have built such requirements into our new data centers. If any of these developments or contingencies were to occur, it could make it difficult for us to realize expected or
reasonable returns on our investments.
If we fail to protect our proprietary intellectual property rights adequately, our competitive position could be impaired, and we may lose valuable assets, generate
reduced revenue and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary intellectual property rights, including certain methodologies, practices, tools, technologies and technical
expertise we utilize in designing, developing, implementing and maintaining applications and processes used in providing our services. We rely on a combination of patent,
trademark, trade secrets and other intellectual property laws, non-disclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, customers and other relevant persons and other
measures to protect our intellectual property, including our brand identity. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate, and we may
choose not to pursue or maintain protection for our intellectual property in the United States or foreign jurisdictions. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if
we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third
parties to copy our technology and use information that we regard as proprietary to create technology that competes with ours. In addition, the laws of some countries do not
protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights in some foreign countries may be
inadequate. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our technologies and proprietary information may increase.
Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our technology and intellectual property.
We rely in part on trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential information to maintain our competitive position. Although we enter into non-disclosure and
invention assignment agreements with our employees, enter into non-disclosure agreements with our customers, consultants and other parties with whom we have strategic
relationships and business alliances and enter into intellectual property assignment agreements with our consultants and vendors, no assurance can be given that these
agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our technology and proprietary information. In addition, these agreements do not prevent our
competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our products.
To protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to
enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Such litigation could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the
impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and
countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology, as well as any costly litigation or
diversion of our management's attention and resources, could disrupt our business, as well as have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
28
We may in the future be subject to intellectual property disputes, which are costly to defend and could harm our business and operating results.
We may from time to time face allegations that we have infringed the patents, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property rights of third parties, including from our
competitors. We may be unaware of the intellectual property rights that others may claim cover some or all of our technology or services. Patent and other intellectual property
litigation may be protracted and expensive, and the results are difficult to predict and may require us to stop using certain technologies or offering certain services or may
result in significant damage awards or settlement costs.
Even if these matters do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, these matters, and the time and resources necessary to
litigate or resolve them, could divert the time and resources of our management team and harm our business, our operating results and our reputation.
We rely on the proper and efficient functioning of computer and data-processing systems, and a large-scale malfunction could have a material adverse effect on us.
Our ability to keep our data centers operating depends on the proper and efficient functioning of computer and data-processing systems. Since computer and data-processing
systems are susceptible to malfunctions and interruptions, including those due to equipment damage, power outages, computer viruses and a range of other hardware,
software and network problems, we cannot guarantee that our data centers will not experience such malfunctions or interruptions in the future. Additionally, expansions and
developments in the products and services that we offer could increasingly add a measure of complexity that may overburden our data center and network resources and
human capital, making service interruptions and failures more likely. A significant or large-scale malfunction or interruption of one or more of any of our data centers' computer
or data-processing systems could adversely affect our ability to keep such data centers running efficiently. If a malfunction results in a wider or sustained disruption to
business at a property, it could have a material adverse effect on us.
We may be vulnerable to security breaches, which could disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We provide the infrastructure and physical security for our customers' IT equipment, which often contains highly confidential and mission critical data. A party who is able to
compromise the physical security measures protecting our data center facilities could misappropriate our or our customers' proprietary information or cause interruptions or
malfunctions in our operations. As we provide assurances to our customers that we provide the highest level of security, such a compromise could be particularly harmful to
our brand and reputation. We may be required to expend significant capital and resources to protect against such threats or to alleviate problems caused by breaches in
security. As techniques used to breach security change frequently and are often not recognized until launched against a target, we may not be able to implement new security
measures in a timely manner or, if and when implemented, we may not be certain whether these measures could be circumvented. Any breaches that may occur could expose
us to increased risk of lawsuits, regulatory penalties, loss of existing or potential customers, harm to our reputation and increases in our security costs, which could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, any assertions of alleged security breaches or systems failure made against us, whether true or not, could harm our reputation, cause us to incur substantial legal
fees and have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations. Whether or not any such assertion actually proceeds to
litigation, we may be required to devote significant management time and attention to its resolution (through litigation, settlement or otherwise), which would detract from our
management's ability to focus on our business. Any such resolution could involve the payment of damages or expenses by us, which may be significant. In addition, any such
resolution could involve our agreement with terms that restrict the operation of our business.
A significant portion of our revenue is highly dependent on a limited number of customers, and the loss of, or any significant decrease in business from, these customers
could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 38.5% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017.
A number of factors could cause us to lose customers. For instance, because many of our contracts involve services that are mission-critical to our customers, any failure by
us to meet a customer's expectations could result in cancellation or non-renewal of the contract. Our service agreements usually allow our customers to terminate their
agreements with us before the end of the contract period under certain specified circumstances, including our failure to deliver services as required under such agreements,
and in some cases without cause as long as sufficient notice is given. In addition, our customers may decide to reduce spending on our services or demand price reductions
due to a challenging economic environment or other factors, both internal and external, relating to their business such as corporate restructuring or changing their outsourcing
strategy by moving more facilities in-house or outsourcing to other service providers. In addition, our reliance on any individual customer for a significant portion of our
revenue may give that customer a degree of pricing leverage against us when negotiating contracts and terms of services with us.
29
The loss of any of our major customers, or a significant decrease in the extent of the services that they outsource to us or the price at which we sell our services to them, could
materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Our customer contract commitments are subject to reduction and potential cancellation.
Some of our customer contracts allow for early termination, subject to payment of specified costs and penalties, which may be less than the revenue we would expect to
receive under such contracts. Our customer contract commitments could significantly decrease if any of the customer contracts are terminated either pursuant to, or in
violation of, the terms of such contract. In addition, our customer contract commitments during a particular future period may be reduced for reasons outside of our customers'
control, such as general current economic conditions. If our customer contract commitments are significantly reduced, our results of operations and the price of our Class A
common stock could be materially and adversely affected.
Even if our current and future customers have entered into a binding contract with us, they may choose to terminate such contract prior to the expiration of its terms. Any
penalty for early termination may not adequately compensate us for the time and resources we have expended in connection with such contract, or at all, which could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.
Our customer base may decline if our customers or potential customers develop their own data centers or expand their own existing data centers.
Some of our customers have in the past, and may in the future, develop their own data center facilities. Other customers with their own existing data centers may choose to
expand their data center operations in the future. One of our business strategies is to sell or lease our single-user data centers. In the event that any of our key customers were
to develop or expand their own data centers, we may lose business, fail to execute on our strategy of our single-user data centers or face pressure as to the pricing of our
services. In addition, if we fail to offer services that are cost-competitive and operationally advantageous as compared with services provided in-house by our customers, we
may lose customers or fail to attract new customers. If we lose a customer, there is no assurance that we would be able to replace that customer at the same or a higher rate, or
at all, and our business and results of operations would suffer.
Our churn rate may increase or we may be unable to achieve high contract renewal rates.
We seek to renew customer contracts when those contracts are due for renewal. We endeavor to provide high levels of customer service, support and satisfaction to maintain
long-term customer relationships and to secure high rates of contract renewals for our services. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that we will be able to renew service
contracts with our existing customers or re-commit space relating to expired service contracts to new customers if our current customers do not renew their contracts. In the
event of a customer's termination or non-renewal of expired contracts, our ability to enter into service contracts so that new or other existing customers utilize the expired
existing space in a timely manner will affect our results of operations.
If we do not succeed in attracting new customers for our services and growing revenue from existing customers, we may not achieve our anticipated revenue growth.
Our ability to attract new customers and grow revenue from existing customers depends on a number of factors, including our ability to offer high quality services at
competitive prices, the strength of our competitors and the capabilities of our marketing and sales teams to attract new customers. If we fail to attract new customers or grow
revenue from existing customers, we may not be able to grow our revenue as quickly as we anticipate or at all.
The migration from colocation data centers to the public cloud may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Although the demand for public cloud solutions is growing rapidly, we anticipate that there will continue to be a strong demand for colocation data centers. If our
assumptions prove to be incorrect, the migration from colocation data centers to the cloud could harm our financial condition and results of operations.
Unanticipated changes in the tax rates and policies of the states in which we operate could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
We strategically choose the locations of our U.S. campuses. One of the factors we consider is the favorable tax rates and policies that provide zero or low-tax environments for
our customers to deploy IT equipment. If the tax rates and policies of the states in which our data centers are located expose our customers to higher taxes, our data centers
may become less attractive to certain of our existing and potential customers, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
The loss of one or more of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain other highly qualified personnel in the future, could seriously harm our business.
We depend to a significant degree on the continuous service and performance of Rob Roy, our Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and our experienced senior
management team and other key personnel, any of whom could resign or be
30
terminated for any reason at any time. Mr. Roy has been responsible for our company's strategic vision and the development of our technology and business. If he stopped
working for us for any reason, it is unlikely that we would be able to find a suitable replacement immediately. The loss of Mr. Roy, a member of our senior management team or
any other key employee could disrupt our business operations and create uncertainty as we search for and integrate a replacement. If any member of our senior management
or key employee leaves us to join a competitor or to form a competing company, any resulting loss of existing or potential customers to any such competitor could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we do not maintain key man life insurance for any of the senior members of
our management team or our key personnel.
Future consolidation and competition in our customers' industries could reduce the number of our existing and potential customers and make us dependent on a more
limited number of customers.
Mergers or consolidations in our customers' industries in the future could reduce the number of our existing and potential customers and make us dependent on a more limited
number of customers. If our customers merge with or are acquired by other entities that are not our customers, they may discontinue or reduce the use of our data centers in
the future. Additionally, some of our customers may compete with one another in various aspects of their businesses, which places additional competitive pressures on our
customers. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on us.
We may not be able to compete effectively against our current and future competitors.
We offer a broad range of data center services and, as a result, we may compete with a wide range of data center service providers for some or all of the services we offer. We
face competition from numerous developers, owners and operators in the data center industry, including managed service providers and REITs, some of which own or lease
properties similar to ours, or may do so in the future, in the same submarkets in which our properties are located. In particular, cloud offerings may influence our customers to
move workloads to cloud providers, which may reduce the services our customers obtain from us. Our current and future competitors may vary by size and service offerings
and geographic presence. In addition, many data center companies are consolidating to create new companies with greater market power.
Competition is primarily centered on reputation and track record, quality and availability of data center space, quality of service, technical expertise, security, reliability,
functionality, breadth and depth of services offered, geographic coverage, scale, financial strength and price. Some of our current and future competitors may have greater
brand recognition, longer operating histories, stronger marketing, technical and financial resources and access to greater and less expensive power than we do. In addition,
many companies in the industry are consolidating, which could further increase the market power of our competitors. As a result, some of our competitors may be able to:
• offer space at pricing below current market rates or below the pricing we currently charge our customers;
• bundle colocation services with other services or equipment they provide at reduced prices;
• develop superior products or services, gain greater market acceptance and expand their service offerings more efficiently or rapidly;
• adapt to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements more quickly;
•
take advantage of acquisition and other opportunities more readily; and
• adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the promotion, marketing and sales of their services.
We operate in a competitive market, and we face pricing pressure for our services. Prices for our services are affected by a variety of factors, including supply and demand
conditions and pricing pressures from our competitors. We may be required to lower our prices to remain competitive, which may decrease our margins and adversely affect
our business prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
We have government customers, which subjects us to risks including early termination, audits, investigations, sanctions and penalties.
We derive some revenue from contracts with U.S., state and local governments. Some of these customers may terminate all or part of their contracts at any time, without cause.
There is increased pressure for governments and their agencies to reduce spending. Some of our contracts at the state and local levels are subject to government funding
authorizations.
Additionally, government contracts are generally subject to audits and investigations that could result in various civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions,
including termination of contracts, refund of a portion of fees received, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from future
government business.
31
If we are unable to adapt to evolving technologies and customer demands in a timely and cost-effective manner, our ability to sustain and grow our business may suffer.
The markets for the data centers we own and operate, as well as certain of the industries in which our customers operate, are characterized by rapidly changing technology,
evolving industry standards, frequent new service introductions, shifting distribution channels and changing customer demands. As a result, our data center infrastructure
may become less marketable due to demand for new processes and technologies, including, without limitation: (i) new processes to deliver power to, or eliminate heat from, IT
equipment; (ii) customer demand for additional redundancy capacity; (iii) new technology that permits higher levels of critical load and heat removal than our data centers are
currently designed to provide; and (iv) an inability of the power supply to support new, updated or upgraded technology. In addition, the systems that connect our data
centers to the Internet and other external networks may become insufficient, including with respect to latency, reliability and diversity of connectivity. We may not be able to
adapt to changing technologies or meet customer demands for new processes or technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner, if at all, which would adversely impact our
ability to sustain and grow our business.
In addition, new technologies have the potential to replace or provide lower cost alternatives to our services. The adoption of such new technologies could render some or all
of our services obsolete or unmarketable. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify the emergence of all of these new service alternatives successfully, modify our
services accordingly, or develop and bring new services to market in a timely and cost-effective manner to address these changes. If and when we do identify the emergence
of new service alternatives and introduce new services to market, those new services may need to be made available at lower profit margins than our then-current services.
Failure to provide services to compete with new technologies or the obsolescence of our services could lead us to lose current and potential customers or could cause us to
incur substantial costs, which would harm our operating results and financial condition. Our introduction of new alternative services that have lower price points than our
current offerings may also result in our existing customers switching to the lower cost products, which could reduce our revenue and have a material adverse effect on our
results of operation.
Potential future regulations that apply to industries we serve may require customers in those industries to seek specific requirements from their data centers that we are unable
to provide. These may include physical security requirements applicable to the defense industry and government contractors and privacy and security regulations applicable
to the financial services and health care industries. If such regulations were adopted or such extra requirements demanded by certain customers, we could lose some
customers or be unable to attract new customers in certain industries, which would have materially and adverse effect our operations.
We depend on third parties to provide Internet, telecommunication and fiber optic network connectivity to our customers, and any delays or disruptions in service could
have a material adverse effect on us.
Our products and infrastructure rely on third-party service providers. In particular, we depend on third parties to provide Internet, telecommunication and fiber optic network
connectivity to the customers in our data centers, and we have no control over the reliability of the services provided by these suppliers. Our customers may in the future
experience difficulties due to service failures unrelated to our systems and services. Any Internet, telecommunication or fiber optic network failures may result in significant
loss of connectivity to our data centers. A significant loss of connectivity to our data centers could reduce the confidence of our customers and impair our ability to retain
existing customers or attract new customers, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
Similarly, we depend upon the presence of Internet, telecommunications and fiber optic networks serving the locations of our data centers in order to attract and retain
customers. The construction required to connect multiple carrier facilities to our data centers is complex, requiring a sophisticated redundant fiber network, and involves
matters outside of our control, including regulatory requirements and the availability of construction resources. Each new data center that we develop requires significant
amounts of capital for the construction and operation of a sophisticated redundant fiber network. We believe that the availability of carrier capacity affects our business and
future growth. We cannot assure you that any carrier will elect to offer its services within our data centers or that once a carrier has decided to provide connectivity to our
data centers that it will continue to do so for any period of time. Furthermore, some carriers are experiencing business difficulties or have announced consolidations or
mergers. As a result, some carriers may be forced to downsize or terminate connectivity within our data centers, which could adversely affect our customers and could have a
material adverse effect on us.
The occurrence of a catastrophic event or a prolonged disruption may exceed our insurance coverage by significant amounts.
Our operations are subject to hazards and risks normally associated with the daily operations of our data center facilities. Currently, we maintain various insurance policies for
business interruption for lost profits, property and casualty, public liability, commercial employee insurance, worker's compensation, personal property and auto liability. Our
business interruption insurance for lost profits includes coverage for business interruptions, our property and casualty insurance includes coverage for equipment
breakdowns and our commercial employee insurance includes employee group insurance. We are self-insured for medical insurance. We believe our insurance coverage
adequately covers the risks of our daily business operations.
32
However, our current insurance policies may be insufficient in the event of a prolonged or catastrophic event. The occurrence of any such event that is not entirely covered
by our insurance policies may result in interruption of our operations and subject us to significant losses or liabilities and damage our reputation as a provider of business
continuity services. In addition, any losses or liabilities that are not covered by our current insurance policies may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Environmental problems are possible and can be costly.
Environmental liabilities could arise on the land that we own and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and performance. Federal, state and local laws and
regulations relating to the protection of the environment may require a current or previous owner or operator of real estate to investigate and remediate hazardous or toxic
substances or petroleum product releases at or from the property. In addition, we could incur costs to comply with such laws and regulations, the violation of which could
lead to substantial fines and penalties.
We may have to pay governmental entities or third parties for property damage and for investigation and remediation costs that they incurred in connection with any
contamination at our current and former properties without regard to whether we knew of or caused the presence of the contaminants. Even if more than one person may have
been responsible for the contamination, each person covered by these environmental laws may be held responsible for all of the clean-up costs incurred.
Some of the properties may contain asbestos-containing building materials. Environmental laws require that asbestos-containing building materials be properly managed and
maintained, and may impose fines and penalties on building owners or operators for failure to comply with these requirements.
Our leases for self-developed data centers could be terminated early and we may not be able to renew our existing leases and agreements on commercially acceptable
terms or our rent or payment under the agreements could increase substantially in the future, which could materially and adversely affect our operations.
Two of our facilities and one of our facilities under development are located on properties for which we have long term operating and capital leases. In some instances, we may
elect to exercise an option to purchase the leased premises and facilities, or in other instances, elect to extend the term of certain leases, in each case, according to the terms
and conditions under the relevant lease agreements. However, upon the expiration of such leases (including any extension terms), we may not be able to renew these leases on
commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Even though the lessors for most of our data centers generally do not have the right of unilateral early termination unless they provide
the required notice and opportunity to cure (as applicable), the lease may nonetheless be terminated early if we are in material breach of the lease agreements.We may assert
claims for compensation against the landlords if they elect to terminate a lease agreement early and without due cause. If the leases for our data centers were terminated early
prior to their expiration date, notwithstanding any compensation we may receive for early termination of such leases, or if we are not able to renew such leases, we may have to
incur significant cost related to relocation. Our leased facilities are located in properties that are subject to master ground leases. If the landlords under such master ground
leases elect to terminate the respective master leases in case of default or breach by the master lessees thereunder or otherwise pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
relevant master lease, we may not be able to protect our leasehold interest, and may be ordered to vacate the affected premises. Any relocation could also affect our ability to
provide continuous uninterrupted services to our customers and harm our reputation. As a result, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely
affected.
Any difficulties in identifying and consummating future acquisitions, alliances or joint ventures may expose us to potential risks and have an adverse effect on our
business, results of operations or financial condition.
We may seek to make strategic acquisitions and enter into alliances and joint ventures to further expand our business. If we are presented with appropriate opportunities, we
may acquire additional businesses, services, resources, or assets, including data centers that are complementary to our primary business. Our integration of the acquired
entities or assets into our business may not be successful and may not enable us to expand into new services, customer segments or operating locations as well as we expect.
This would significantly affect the expected benefits of these acquisitions. Moreover, the integration of any acquired entities or assets into our operations could require
significant attention from our management. The diversion of our management's attention and any difficulties encountered in any integration process could have an adverse
effect on our ability to manage our business. In addition, we may face challenges trying to integrate new operations, services and personnel with our existing operations. Our
possible future acquisitions may also expose us to other potential risks, including risks associated with unforeseen or hidden liabilities, the diversion of resources from our
existing businesses and technologies, our inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset the costs, expenses of acquisitions and potential loss of, or harm to, relationships
with employees and customers as a result of our integration of new businesses. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material and adverse effect on our ability
to manage our business, our financial condition and our results of operations.
33
If our or our customers' proprietary intellectual property or confidential information is misappropriated or disclosed by us or our employees in violation of applicable
laws and contractual agreements, we could be exposed to protracted and costly legal proceedings, lose customers and our business could be seriously harmed.
Our employees could disclose or use our technical knowledge, practices or procedures without authorization. We have entered into confidentiality agreements with our
employees that contain nondisclosure covenants that survive indefinitely as to our trade secrets. Pursuant to these confidentiality agreements, our employees are required to
assign any of their inventions that are developed or reduced to practice during their employment with us that pertain to any of our lines of business activity, that are aided by
the use of our time, materials or facilities, or that relate to any of their work with us. However, we may not be able to enforce the confidentiality agreements we have with our
personnel.
Additionally, our customers occasionally provide us and our employees access to proprietary intellectual property and confidential information, including technology,
software products, business policies and plans, trade secrets and personal data. Many of our customer contracts require us not to use or disclose such intellectual property or
information and to indemnify our customers for any loss they may suffer as a result of any unauthorized use or disclosure. We use security technologies and other methods to
prevent employees from making unauthorized copies, or using or disclosing such intellectual property and confidential information without authorization. The confidentiality
agreements we enter into with our employees limit access to and distribution of our customers' intellectual property and other confidential information as well as our own.
However, these steps may not be adequate to safeguard our and our customers' intellectual property and confidential information. Moreover, some of our customer contracts
do not include any limitation on our liability with respect to breaches of our obligation to keep the intellectual property or confidential information we receive from them
confidential. In addition, we may not always be aware of intellectual property registrations or applications relating to source codes, software products or other intellectual
property belonging to our customers. As a result, if we or our employees misappropriate our customers' proprietary rights, our customers may consider us liable for such act
and seek damages and compensation from us.
Assertions of infringement of intellectual property or misappropriation of confidential information against us, if successful, could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations. Protracted litigation could also result in existing or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of our
services until resolution of such litigation. Even if such assertions against us are unsuccessful, they may cause us to lose existing and future business and incur reputational
harm and substantial legal fees.
Competition for employees is intense, and we may not be able to attract and retain the qualified and skilled employees needed to support our business.
We believe our success depends on the efforts and talent of our employees, including data center design, construction management, operations, engineering, IT, risk
management, and sales and marketing personnel. Our future success depends on our continued ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain qualified and skilled employees.
Competition for highly skilled personnel is frequently intense. We may not be able to hire and retain these personnel at compensation levels consistent with our existing
compensation and salary structure. Some of the companies with which we compete for experienced employees have greater resources than we have and may be able to offer
more attractive terms of employment.
In addition, we invest significant time and expenses in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. If we fail to retain our
employees, we could incur significant expenses in hiring and training their replacements, and the quality of our services and our ability to serve our customers could diminish,
resulting in a material adverse effect to our business.
We have entered, and expect to continue to enter, into joint venture, strategic collaborations and other similar arrangements, and these activities involve risks and
uncertainties. A failure of any such relationship could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We have entered, and expect to continue to enter, into joint venture, strategic collaborations and other similar arrangements. These activities involve risks and uncertainties,
including the risk of the joint venture or applicable entity failing to satisfy its obligations, which may result in certain liabilities to us for guarantees and other commitments, the
challenges in achieving strategic objectives and expected benefits of the business arrangement, the risk of conflicts arising between us and our partners and the difficulty of
managing and resolving such conflicts, and the difficulty of managing or otherwise monitoring such business arrangements. A failure of our business relationships could
have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
The uncertain economic environment may have an adverse impact on our business and financial condition.
The uncertain economic environment could have an adverse effect on our liquidity. While we believe we have a strong customer base, if the current market conditions were to
worsen, some of our customers may have difficulty paying us and we may experience increased churn in our customer base and reductions in their commitments to us. We
may also be required to make allowances for doubtful accounts and our results would be negatively impacted. Our sales cycle could also be lengthened if customers reduce
spending on, or delay decision-making with respect to, our services, which could adversely affect our
34
revenue growth and our ability to recognize revenue. We could also experience pricing pressure as a result of economic conditions if our competitors lower prices and attempt
to lure away our customers with lower cost solutions. Finally, our ability to access the capital markets may be severely restricted at a time when we would like, or need, to do
so, which could have an impact on our flexibility to pursue additional expansion opportunities and maintain our desired level of revenue growth in the future.
Our international operations through our joint venture may expose us to certain operating, legal and other risks, which could adversely affect our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
Our joint venture's international operations may expose us to risks that we have not generally faced in the United States. These risks include:
• challenges caused by distance, language, cultural and ethical differences and the competitive environment;
• heightened risks of unethical, unfair or corrupt business practices, actual or claimed, in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that
may impact financial results and result in restatements of, and irregularities in, financial statements;
•
foreign exchange restrictions and fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
• application of multiple and conflicting laws and regulations, including complications due to unexpected changes in foreign laws and regulatory requirements;
• new and different sources of competition;
• potentially different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and collections issues;
• management communication and integration problems resulting from cultural differences and geographic dispersion;
• potentially adverse tax consequences, including multiple and possibly overlapping tax structures, the complexities of foreign value-added tax systems,
restrictions on the repatriation of earnings and changes in tax rates;
• greater difficulty in enforcing contracts, accounts receivable collection and longer collection periods;
•
•
•
the uncertainty and limitation of protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;
increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;
lack of familiarity with local laws, customs and practices, and laws and business practices favoring local competitors or partners; and
• political, social and economic instability abroad, terrorist attacks and security concerns in general.
The occurrence of any one of these risks could harm our international business and, consequently, our results of operations. Additionally, operating in international markets
requires significant management attention and financial resources. We cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources required to operate in other countries
will produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.
In addition, our agreement with our international joint venture partner limits our ability to engage in activities or transactions outside of the United States. Although we
expressly retain the right to construct and license third parties to construct single-user data centers outside of the United States, we are required to grant our joint venture the
reasonable opportunity to interact and reach an agreement with such customer to develop a colocation facility prior to concluding our agreement with such third party.
Furthermore, in the event any such single-user data center outside the United Stated using our technology is made available to third parties as colocation space, such data
center will be deemed a facility subject to our license agreement. We would then be required to make appropriate arrangements to acknowledge SUPERNAP International,
S.A.'s license rights in, and to, the technology for the multitenant data center. These limitations may prevent us from pursuing otherwise attractive and potentially lucrative
international expansion opportunities.
Future legislation and regulation, both domestic and abroad, governing the internet and other related communications services could have an adverse effect on our
business operations.
Various laws and governmental regulations, both in the United States and abroad, governing internet related services, related communications services and information
technologies remain largely unsettled, even in areas where there has been some legislative action. There may also be forthcoming regulation in the United States in the areas
of cybersecurity, data privacy and data security, any of which could affect us and our customers. Similarly, data privacy regulations outside of the United States continue to
evolve. Future legislation could impose additional costs on our business or require us to make changes in our operations, which could adversely affect our operations.
35
Our facilities may not be suitable for uses other than as data centers, which could make it difficult to sell or reposition them and could materially adversely affect our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our data centers are designed primarily to house and run IT equipment and, therefore, contain extensive electrical and mechanical systems and infrastructure. As a result, our
facilities may not be suitable for uses other than as data centers, or may require major renovations and expenditures before they can be re-leased or sold for uses other than as
data centers.
Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure
Our principal asset is our interest in Switch, Ltd., and, accordingly, we depend on distributions from Switch, Ltd. to pay our taxes and expenses, including payments
under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Switch, Ltd.'s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions.
We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership of Common Units. We have no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow. We
have determined that Switch, Ltd. is a variable interest entity, or VIE, and that we are the primary beneficiary of Switch, Ltd. Accordingly, pursuant to the VIE accounting
model, we have consolidated Switch, Ltd. in our consolidated financial statements. In the event of a change in accounting guidance or amendments to the Switch Operating
Agreement resulting in us no longer having a controlling interest in Switch, Ltd., we may not be able to consolidate its results of operations with our own, which would have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations. Moreover, our ability to pay our taxes and operating expenses or declare and pay dividends in the future, if any, is
dependent upon the financial results and cash flows of Switch, Ltd. and its subsidiaries and distributions we receive from Switch, Ltd. There can be no assurance that Switch,
Ltd. and its subsidiaries will generate sufficient cash flow to distribute funds to us or that applicable state law and contractual restrictions, including negative covenants in our
debt instruments, will permit such distributions.
Switch, Ltd. is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is not subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income is
allocated to holders of Common Units, including us. Accordingly, we incur income taxes on our allocable share of any net taxable income of Switch, Ltd. Under the terms of the
Switch Operating Agreement, Switch, Ltd. is obligated to make tax distributions to holders of Common Units, including us. In addition to tax expenses, we will also incur
expenses related to our operations, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which we expect could be significant. As the manager of Switch, Ltd., we intend
to cause Switch, Ltd. to make cash distributions to the owners of Common Units in an amount sufficient to (i) fund their tax obligations in respect of taxable income allocated
to them and (ii) cover our operating expenses, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. However, Switch, Ltd.'s ability to make such distributions may be
subject to various limitations and restrictions, such as restrictions on distributions that would either violate any contract or agreement to which Switch, Ltd. is then a party,
including debt agreements, or any applicable law, or that would have the effect of rendering Switch, Ltd. insolvent. If we do not have sufficient funds to pay tax or other
liabilities or to fund our operations, we may have to borrow funds, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and subject us to various
restrictions imposed by any such lenders. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, such payments generally
will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid; provided, however, that nonpayment for a specified period may constitute a material breach of a material obligation under
the Tax Receivable Agreement and therefore accelerate payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement. In addition, if Switch, Ltd. does not have sufficient funds to make
distributions, our ability to declare and pay cash dividends will also be restricted or impaired. See "Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock".
The Tax Receivable Agreement with the Members requires us to make cash payments to them in respect of certain tax benefits to which we may become entitled, and we
expect that the payments we are required to make will be substantial.
Under the Tax Receivable Agreement we have entered into with Switch, Ltd. and the Members, we are required to make cash payments to the Members equal to 85% of the tax
benefits, if any, that we actually realize, or in certain circumstances are deemed to realize, as a result of (i) the increases in the tax basis of assets of Switch, Ltd. resulting from
any redemptions or exchanges of Common Units from the Members and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Although the actual timing and amount of any payments that we make to the Members under the Tax Receivable Agreement will vary, we expect those payments will be
significant. Any payments made by us to the Members under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise
been available to us. Furthermore, our future obligation to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition,
particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that are the subject of the Tax Receivable Agreement. Payments under the Tax Receivable
Agreement are not conditioned on any Member's continued ownership of Common Units or our Class A common stock.
The actual amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of redemptions or
exchanges by the holders of Common Units, the amount of gain recognized by
36
such holders of Common Units, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future, and the federal tax rates then applicable.
Our Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman has control over all stockholder decisions because he controls a substantial majority of the combined voting power
of our common stock. This will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational
documents and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction requiring stockholder approval.
As of March 12, 2018, Rob Roy, our Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, and an affiliated entity of Mr. Roy collectively controlled approximately 67.2% of the
combined voting power of our common stock as a result of their ownership of our Class C common stock, each share of which is entitled to 10 votes on all matters submitted
to a vote of our stockholders, and Mr. Roy's ownership of Class A common stock.
As a result, Mr. Roy has the ability to substantially control us, including the ability to control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the
election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our articles of incorporation and bylaws and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our
assets. This concentration of ownership and voting power may also delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third party or other change of control of us and may make
some transactions more difficult or impossible without his support, even if such events are in the best interests of minority stockholders. This concentration of voting power
with Mr. Roy may have a negative impact on the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, because shares of our Class C common stock have 10 votes per share on
matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders for so long as Mr. Roy beneficially owns at least 21,472,324 shares of Class C common stock, we expect that Mr. Roy will be
able to control our company for the foreseeable future.
As our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Roy has control over our day-to-day management and the implementation of major strategic investments of our company, subject to
authorization and oversight by our board of directors. As a board member and officer, Mr. Roy owes us fiduciary duties, including those of care and loyalty, and must act in
good faith and with a view to our interests. However, Nevada law provides that a director or officer is not personally liable to a corporation for a breach of fiduciary duty
except for an act or omission constituting a breach and which involves intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law. In addition, a director or officer is entitled
to a presumption that he or she acted in good faith, on an informed basis and with a view to the interests of the corporation, and is not individually liable unless that
presumption is found by a trier of fact to have been rebutted. As a stockholder, even a controlling stockholder, Mr. Roy is entitled to vote his shares, and shares over which
he has voting control, in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally. Because Mr. Roy, personally and through an affiliated
entity, holds substantially all of his economic interest in our business through Switch, Ltd., rather than through us, he may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of
our Class A common stock. For example, Mr. Roy may have a different tax position from us, which could influence his decisions regarding whether and when we should
dispose of assets or incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the Tax Receivable Agreement, and whether and when we should
undergo certain changes of control within the meaning of the Tax Receivable Agreement or terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement. In addition, the structuring of future
transactions may take into consideration these tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. In addition, Mr. Roy's significant ownership in us
and resulting ability to control us may discourage someone from making a significant equity investment in us, or could discourage transactions involving a change in control,
including transactions in which holders of shares of our Class A common stock might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over the then-current market price.
Our organizational structure, including the Tax Receivable Agreement, confers certain benefits upon the Members that will not benefit holders of Class A common stock
to the same extent as it will benefit the Members.
Our organizational structure, including the Tax Receivable Agreement, confers certain benefits upon the Members that will not benefit the holders of our Class A common
stock to the same extent as it will benefit the Members. We have entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement with Switch, Ltd. and the Members and it will provide for the
payment by us to the Members of 85% of the amount of tax benefits, if any, that we actually realize, or in some circumstances are deemed to realize, as a result of (i) the
increases in the tax basis of assets of Switch, Ltd. resulting from any redemptions or exchanges of Common Units from the Members, and (ii) certain other tax benefits related
to our making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Although we will retain 15% of the amount of such tax benefits, this and other aspects of our organizational
structure may adversely affect the future trading market for the Class A common stock.
In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the Members may be accelerated or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the
tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.
The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control or if, at any time, we elect an
early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, then our obligations, or our successor's obligations, under the Tax Receivable Agreement to make payments thereunder
would be based on certain
37
assumptions, including an assumption that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize all potential future tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable
Agreement.
As a result of the foregoing, (i) we could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual
benefits we ultimately realize in respect of the tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, and (ii) if we elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement
early, we would be required to make an immediate cash payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits that are the subject of the Tax Receivable
Agreement, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax
Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales,
other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to fund or finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable
Agreement.
We will not be reimbursed for any payments made to the Members under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the event that any tax benefits are disallowed.
Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. The Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or another tax authority may
challenge all or part of the tax basis increases, as well as other related tax positions we take, and a court could sustain such challenge. If the outcome of any such challenge
would reasonably be expected to materially affect a recipient's payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, then we will not be permitted to settle or fail to contest such
challenge without the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of each Member that directly or indirectly owns at least 10% of the outstanding Common Units.
We will not be reimbursed for any cash payments previously made to the Members under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the event that any tax benefits initially claimed by
us and for which payment has been made to a Member are subsequently challenged by a taxing authority and are ultimately disallowed. Instead, any excess cash payments we
make to a Member will be netted against any future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make to such Member under the terms of the Tax Receivable
Agreement. However, we might not determine that we have made an excess cash payment to a Member for a number of years following the initial time of such payment. If a
taxing authority challenges any of our tax reporting positions, we will not be permitted to reduce future cash payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement until such
challenge is finally settled or determined. As a result, we could make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement in excess of the tax savings that we realize in respect of
the tax attributes with respect to a Member that are the subject of the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rate and realization of our deferred tax assets may result in volatility of our operating results.
We are subject to taxes by the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax authorities, and our tax liabilities will be affected by the allocation of expenses to differing jurisdictions.
We record tax expense based on our estimates of future payments, which may include reserves for uncertain tax positions in multiple tax jurisdictions, and valuation
allowances related to certain net deferred tax assets. At any one time, multiple tax years may be subject to audit by various taxing jurisdictions. The results of these audits and
negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these matters. We expect that throughout the year there could be ongoing variability in our quarterly
tax rates as events occur and exposures are evaluated. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:
• changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;
• expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;
•
tax effects of stock-based compensation;
• changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or
•
future earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated earnings in countries where we
have higher statutory tax rates.
In addition, a variety of factors could materially affect our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period, including changes in the mix and level of earnings, varying tax
rates in the different jurisdictions in which we operate, fluctuations in valuation allowances, deductibility of certain items, or changes to existing accounting rules or
regulations. In addition, tax legislation may be enacted in the future, which could negatively affect our current or future tax structure and effective tax rates. We may be subject
to audits of our income, sales, and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign taxing authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect
on our operating results and financial condition.
Changes in tax law may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations and may also affect the federal tax considerations of the
purchase, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock.
On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or TCJA, a comprehensive tax reform bill that significantly changes the U.S. federal income
taxation of entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax
38
purposes, including by reducing the U.S. corporate income tax rate, limiting interest deductions, adopting elements of a territorial tax system, revising the rules governing net
operating losses. Many of these changes are effective immediately, without any transition periods or grandfathering for existing transactions. The TCJA is unclear in many
respects and could be subject to potential amendments and technical corrections, as well as interpretations and implementing regulations by the Treasury and IRS, any of
which could lessen or increase certain adverse impacts of the legislation. In addition, it is unclear how these U.S. federal income tax changes will affect state and local taxation,
which often uses federal taxable income as a starting point for computing state and local tax liabilities.
While our analysis and interpretation of this legislation is preliminary and ongoing, based on our current evaluation, we expect that the reduction of the U.S. corporate income
tax rate will require further analysis, which may be subject to further adjustment in subsequent periods throughout 2018 in accordance with recent interpretive guidance issued
by the SEC. There may be other material adverse effects resulting from the legislation that we have not yet identified.
If we were deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act, as a result of our ownership of Switch, Ltd.,
applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Under Sections 3(a)(1)(A) and (C) of the 1940 Act, a company generally will be deemed to be an "investment company" for purposes of the 1940 Act if (i) it is, or holds itself
out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities or (ii) it engages, or proposes to engage, in
the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and it owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the
value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. We do not believe that we are an "investment company," as
such term is defined in either of those sections of the 1940 Act.
As the manager of Switch, Ltd., we will control and operate Switch, Ltd. On that basis, we believe that our interest in Switch, Ltd. is not an "investment security" as that term is
used in the 1940 Act. However, if we were to cease participation in the management of Switch, Ltd., our interest in Switch, Ltd. could be deemed an "investment security" for
purposes of the 1940 Act.
We and Switch, Ltd. intend to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed an investment company. However, if we were to be deemed an investment company,
restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act, including limitations on our capital structure and our ability to transact with affiliates, could make it impractical for us to continue our
business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE rules, and, as a result, we qualify for and rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance
requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies. Our stockholders do not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that
are subject to such requirements.
We are considered a "controlled company" for the purposes of NYSE rules and corporate governance standards because the Founder Members control more than 50% of our
combined voting power. As a controlled company, we are exempt from certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including requirements that our board of directors
have a majority of independent directors and that we either establish Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees comprised entirely of independent
directors, or otherwise ensure that the compensation of our executive officers and nominees for directors are determined or recommended to the board of directors by the
independent members of the board of directors. While we have a majority of independent directors, our Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees
do not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, our stockholders do not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all
of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock
The Members have the right to have their Common Units redeemed or exchanged into shares of Class A common stock, which may cause volatility in our stock price.
We have an aggregate of more than 700,000,000 shares of Class A common stock authorized but unissued, including 216,568,963 shares of Class A common stock issuable
upon redemption or exchange of Common Units. Subject to the restrictions set forth in the Switch Operating Agreement, the Members may have their Common Units redeemed
for shares of our Class A common stock. We have also entered into the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which the shares of Class A common stock issued to the
Members upon redemption of Common Units are eligible for resale, subject to certain limitations set forth therein.
We cannot predict the timing or size of any future issuances of our Class A common stock resulting from the redemption or exchange of Common Units or the effect, if any,
that future issuances and sales of shares of our Class A common stock may have on the market price of our Class A common stock. Sales or distributions of substantial
amounts of our Class A common
39
stock, including shares issued in connection with an acquisition, or the perception that such sales or distributions could occur, may cause the market price of our Class A
common stock to decline.
An active trading market for our Class A common stock may not be sustained.
Our Class A common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol "SWCH." However, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Class A common stock will
be sustained. In addition, we cannot assure you that the liquidity of any trading market will provide you the ability to sell shares of our Class A common stock when or at
prices that you desire.
If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet the guidance that we provide to the public, our stock price may decline.
We provide public guidance on our expected operating and financial results for future periods. Such guidance is comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks
and uncertainties described in this report and in our other public filings and public statements. Our actual results may not always be in line with or exceed the guidance we
have provided, especially in times of economic uncertainty. If, in the future, our operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet the guidance we provide or the
expectations of investment analysts or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our Class A common stock may decline as well.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our Class A common stock, the price of our Class A
common stock could decline.
The trading market for our Class A common stock relies in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more
of the analysts covering our business downgrades their evaluations of our stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases
to cover our Class A common stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our Class A common stock price to decline.
The trading price of our Class A common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance.
Volatility in the market price of our Class A common stock may prevent you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for such shares. The market price
of our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including:
• our operating performance and prospects and those of other similar companies;
• actual or anticipated variations in our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations;
• changes in financial projections we may provide to the public or our failure to meet these projections;
• change in the estimates of securities analysts relating to our earnings or other operating metrics;
• publication of research reports about us, our significant customers, our competition, data center companies generally or the technology industry;
•
recruitment or departure of key personnel;
• new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;
• changes in market valuations of similar companies;
• announcements by us or our competitors of significant technological innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;
• actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors' businesses or the competitive landscape generally;
• developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or our services, or third-party proprietary rights;
• adverse market reaction to leverage we may incur or equity we may issue in the future;
• actions by institutional stockholders;
• actual or perceived accounting issues, including changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;
• compliance with NYSE requirements;
•
speculation in the press or investment community about our company or industry or the economy in general;
• adverse developments in the creditworthiness, business or prospects of one or more of our significant customers;
•
lawsuits threatened or filed against us;
40
• other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events;
•
•
the realization of any of the other risk factors presented in this report;
the overall performance of the equity markets; and
• general market and economic conditions.
Our anti-takeover provisions could prevent or delay a change in control of our company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
Provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Nevada law, could discourage, delay or prevent a
merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include:
•
the 10 vote per share feature of our Class C common stock;
• authorizing the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart
a takeover attempt;
• prohibiting the use of cumulative voting for the election of directors;
•
removal of incumbent directors only by the vote of stockholders with not less than two-thirds of the voting power of our outstanding stock;
• prohibiting stockholders from calling special meetings;
•
•
requiring that our board of directors adopt a resolution in order to propose any amendment to our articles of incorporation before it may be considered for
approval by our stockholders;
limiting the ability of stockholders to amend our bylaws and approve certain amendments to our articles of incorporation, in each case by requiring the
affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the votes that stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors;
• after the Founder Members no longer beneficially own, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the Class C common stock beneficially owned by the Founder
Members as of the completion of the IPO, or 21,472,324 shares of Class C common stock, requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our
stockholders; and
• establishing advance notice and duration of ownership requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be
acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for our stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and cause us to take other corporate
actions they desire. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any
attempt by our stockholders to replace current members of our management team.
In addition, we are subject to Nevada's statute on combinations with interested stockholders (Sections 78.411-78.444 of the Nevada Revised Statutes), which prohibits us from
entering into a "combination" with an "interested stockholder" for up to four years, unless certain conditions are met (such as, in some circumstances, approval by our board
of directors before such person became an interested stockholder, or by both our board of directors and a supermajority of disinterested stockholders). Under the statute, an
interested stockholder is a person who beneficially owns (or, if an affiliate or associate, did, within the prior two years, beneficially own) stock with 10% or more of the
corporation's voting power. The inability of an interested stockholder to pursue the types of combinations restricted by the statute could discourage, delay or prevent a
merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company.
Finally, a person acquiring a significant proportion of our voting stock could be precluded from voting all or a portion of such shares under Nevada's "control share" statute
(Sections 78.378-78.3793 of the Nevada Revised Statutes), which prohibits an acquirer of stock, under certain circumstances, from voting its "control shares" of stock acquired
up to 90 days prior to crossing certain ownership threshold percentages, unless the acquirer obtains approval of disinterested stockholders or unless the issuing corporation
amends its articles of incorporation or bylaws within 10 days of the acquisition to provide that the "control share" statute does not apply to the corporation or the types of
existing or future stockholders. If the voting rights are not approved, the statute would allow us to call all of such control shares for redemption at the average price paid for
such shares.
Limitations on director and officer liability and our indemnification of our officers and directors may discourage stockholders from bringing suit against a director.
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation provide, pursuant to Nevada corporation law, that a director or officer shall not be personally liable to us or our
stockholders for damages as a result of any breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except for acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or
knowing violation of law. In addition, a director or
41
officer will not be liable unless presumptions in his or her favor are rebutted. These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing suit against a director or officer for
breach of fiduciary duty and may reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation brought by stockholders on our behalf against a director or officer. In addition, our amended and
restated articles of incorporation and bylaws require indemnification of directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law.
We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our
Class A common stock, which could depress the price of our Class A common stock.
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize us to issue one or more series of preferred stock. Our board of directors has the authority to determine the
preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without
any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our Class A
common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discourage bids for our Class A common stock at a premium to the
market price, and materially and adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock.
We may be subject to securities class action, which may harm our business and operating results.
Companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of
litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and damages, and divert management's attention from other business concerns, which
could seriously harm our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
We may also be called on to defend ourselves against lawsuits relating to our business operations. Some of these claims may seek significant damage amounts due to the
nature of our business. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings. A future unfavorable
outcome in a legal proceeding could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, current and future litigation, regardless
of its merits, could result in substantial legal fees, settlement or judgment costs and a diversion of management's attention and resources that are needed to successfully run
our business.
Substantial future sales of our Class A common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.
Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our Class A
common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. As of March 12, 2018, we had 36,066,544 shares of Class A common stock
outstanding and 216,568,963 authorized but unissued shares of Class A common stock that would be issuable upon redemption or exchange of Common Units.
We and each of our directors, executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock (including shares of Class A common stock issuable upon
redemption or exchange of Common Units) have agreed with the underwriters of our IPO, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any shares of common
stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for (including the Common Units), or that represent the right to receive, shares of common stock until April 3, 2018, except
with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. All of our shares of Class A common stock (and shares of Class A common stock
issuable upon redemption or exchange of Common Units) may be sold in the public market following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, subject to applicable
limitations imposed under federal securities laws. In addition, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion, release all or some
portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements at any time and for any reason. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of the lock-up and market
stand-off agreements, the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of these agreements, could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for our
stockholders to sell their Class A common stock at a time and price that they deem appropriate. We have entered into a Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which the
shares of Class A common stock issued upon redemption or exchange of Common Units held by the Members will be eligible for resale, subject to certain limitations set forth
therein. We have also filed or intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of Class A common stock issued or issuable
under our 2017 Incentive Award Plan.
In the future, we may also issue additional shares of Class A common stock, or securities convertible or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock, to raise capital,
which could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of common stock.
42
We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging
growth companies could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various
reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to "emerging growth companies," including:
• not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
•
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and
• exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute payments not previously approved.
We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following our IPO. Our status as an emerging growth company will end as soon as any of the following takes
place:
•
•
•
•
the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue;
the date we qualify as a "large accelerated filer," with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates;
the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or
the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our IPO.
We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on any of the exemptions afforded emerging growth companies. If some
investors find our Class A common stock less attractive because we rely on any of these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock
and the market price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile.
In addition, the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that
is, those that have not had a registration statement under the Securities Act declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are
required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and
comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended
transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth
company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our consolidated financial
statements with another public company, which is neither an emerging growth company nor a company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult
because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
We cannot predict the impact our capital structure may have on our stock price.
In July 2017, S&P Dow Jones, a provider of widely followed stock indices, announced that companies with multiple share classes, such as ours, will not be eligible for
inclusion in certain of their indices. As a result, our Class A common stock will likely not be eligible for these stock indices. Additionally, FTSE Russell, another provider of
widely followed stock indices, recently stated that it plans to require new constituents of its indices to have at least five percent of their voting rights in the hands of public
stockholders. Many investment funds are precluded from investing in companies that are not included in such indices, and these funds would be unable to purchase our
Class A common stock. We cannot assure you that other stock indices will not take a similar approach to S&P Dow Jones or FTSE Russell in the future. Exclusion from indices
could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors and, as a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.
We incur costs as a result of being a public company and in the administration of our complex organizational structure.
As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also
have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, that have
not been reflected in our historical consolidated financial statements for periods prior to the IPO. We also incur ongoing periodic expenses in connection with the
administration of our organizational structure. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing.
We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial
43
compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. In
assessing these costs, we will take into account expenses related to insurance, legal, accounting, and compliance activities, as well as other expenses not currently incurred.
These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may
be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make
it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance and to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our
executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A common stock, fines, sanctions
and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation. Our organizational structure, including our Tax Receivable Agreement, is complex, and we require the expertise of
various tax, legal and accounting advisers to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations. We have incurred and will continue to incur significant expenses in
connection with the administration of our organizational structure. As a result, our expenses for legal, tax and accounting compliance may be significantly greater than other
companies of our size that do not have a similar organizational structure or a tax receivable agreement in place.
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail
to maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our
periodic reporting obligations.
As of December 31, 2017, we have two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of
deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will
not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
One of the material weaknesses was first identified in connection with the audit of our 2016 consolidated financial statements. This material weakness was due to a failure of
the information and communication component of internal control to provide complete and accurate output because of deficiencies in the communication process. Contracts
executed by various departments were not communicated, on a timely basis, to the accounting department, resulting in recording out-of-period adjustments that impacted the
recognition and disclosure of amounts in the consolidated financial statements during the year ended December 31, 2016. We concluded this material weakness continues to
exist as of December 31, 2017.
The other material weakness, which was identified in connection with the audit of our 2017 consolidated financial statements, relates to an insufficient complement of
resources with an appropriate level of accounting expertise, knowledge, and training commensurate with the complexity of our financial reporting matters. This material
weakness led to pervasive immaterial adjustments to our annual and interim consolidated financial statements and inadequate review over account reconciliations resulting in
the lack of an effective control environment.
These material weaknesses could result in a misstatement that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not
be prevented or detected.
We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate these material weaknesses, including hiring additional personnel
with appropriate education, experience and certifications for key positions in the financial reporting and accounting function, implementing policies and procedures to improve
our ability to communicate and share information in a timely manner, as well as designing and implementing improved processes and internal controls. In addition, we are
formalizing our internal control documentation and strengthening supervisory reviews by our management.
While we believe that these efforts will improve our internal control over financial reporting, the implementation of these measures is ongoing and will require validation and
testing of the design and operating effectiveness of internal controls over a sustained period of financial reporting cycles. We cannot assure you that the measures we have
taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If the
steps we take do not correct the material weakness in a timely manner, we will be unable to conclude that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Beginning with our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2018, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a
report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any
material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to
attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an
"emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act. We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. To comply
with the requirements of being a public company and to address our material weaknesses, we expect to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls
and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. We have begun the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation
necessary to perform the evaluation needed to
44
comply with Section 404, when applicable, and we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion.
Our ability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and our amended and restated credit agreement as well as
future agreements.
Although we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our Class A common stock, the declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of Class A
common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors, and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions
imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. The continued operation and expansion of our business will require substantial funding.
We are a holding company, and substantially all of our operations are carried out by Switch, Ltd. and its subsidiaries. Under our amended and restated credit agreement,
Switch, Ltd. is currently restricted from paying cash dividends or making certain other restricted payments, and we expect these restrictions to continue in the future, which
may in turn limit our ability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock. Our ability to pay dividends may also be restricted by the terms of any future credit agreement or
any future debt or preferred equity securities of ours or of our subsidiaries. Accordingly, realization of a gain on an investment in our Class A common stock may depend on
the appreciation of the price of our Class A common stock, which may never occur.
The provision of our articles of incorporation requiring exclusive forum in the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County, Nevada for certain types of lawsuits may
have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation require that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a
fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or our officers, directors or
employees arising pursuant to any provision of Nevada law regarding corporations, mergers, conversions, exchanges or domestications, or our amended and restated articles
of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees governed by the internal
affairs doctrine, will have to be brought only in the Eighth Judicial District Court of Clark County, Nevada. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing
increased consistency in the application of Nevada law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our
directors and officers.
45
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 2.
Properties.
The information set forth under the caption "Our Portfolio" in Item 1 of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference herein.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings.
On August 7, 2017, Switch, Ltd. filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against Aligned Data Centers LLC, or Aligned, and MTechnology Inc.
The lawsuit alleges, among other things, that Aligned has used and promoted technology at its data centers to attract clients to its facility, directly and indirectly infringing at
least three of Switch, Ltd.'s patents and using Switch, Ltd.'s patented technology to attempt to unlawfully compete with Switch, Ltd. The complaint also alleges that Aligned
hired a consultant to design their data centers; that this consultant had toured Switch, Ltd.'s data centers under non-disclosure agreement; and that this consultant breached
his confidentiality agreements with Switch, Ltd. by using Switch, Ltd.'s designs to design the Aligned data centers. Switch, Ltd. is seeking an injunction to prevent the
defendants in the lawsuit from infringing Switch, Ltd.'s patents, as well as other remedies. On August 16, 2017, Aligned filed an answer to the complaint and a motion to
dismiss the lawsuit. Among other things, Aligned alleges in its answer that Switch, Ltd.'s patents in question should be declared invalid, and countersued for declaratory
judgment of the non-infringement of certain of Switch, Ltd.'s patents, injunctive relief, and damages for alleged anti-competition practices involving Aligned's trademarks in
violation of the Lanham Act, tortious interference with Aligned's business, and disparagement of Aligned's business. Switch, Ltd. has retained outside counsel to represent it
and is vigorously defending its rights and interests. Given certain jurisdictional issues, Switch, Ltd. filed a separate complaint in the Eighth Judicial District of Nevada against
the consultant, Stephen Fairfax, and his business, MTechnology, on September 12, 2017. Among other claims, Switch, Ltd. has raised allegations of breach of contract and
misappropriation of trade secrets. The outcome of our legal proceedings is inherently unpredictable, subject to significant uncertainties, and could be material to our financial
condition, results of operations, and cash flows for a particular period. For the pending matter described above, it is not possible to estimate the reasonably possible loss or
range of loss.
On September 7, 2017, Switch, Ltd. and Switch, Inc. were named in a lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Nevada by V5 Technologies formerly d/b/a Cobalt
Data Centers (now defunct). The lawsuit alleges, among other things, that we have monopolized the Las Vegas Metropolitan area of Southern Nevada's data center colocation
market and have engaged in unfair business practices leading to the failure of Cobalt Data Centers in 2015 and seeks monetary damages in an amount yet to be disclosed. We
have retained outside counsel and are vigorously pursuing our rights and interests. The outcome of our legal proceedings is inherently unpredictable, subject to significant
uncertainties, and could be material to our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows for a particular period. For the pending matter described above, it is not
possible to estimate the reasonably possible loss or range of loss.
In the ordinary course of our business, from time to time we are subject to other claims and administrative proceedings. Currently there are no other claims outstanding that we
believe would have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, liquidity and cash flows.
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
46
Part II.
Item 5.
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market information
Our Class A common stock has traded on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol "SWCH" since October 6, 2017. Prior to that date, there was no public
market for our Class A common stock. The table below sets forth the high and low sales prices of our Class A common stock, as reported on the NYSE, since trading began,
for the period indicated.
2017
Fourth Quarter (from October 6, 2017)
Our Class B common stock and Class C common stock are neither listed nor traded on any stock exchange.
Holders of record
High
Low
$
20.84
$
16.25
At March 12, 2018, there were five holders of record of our Class A common stock. The number of record holders does not include persons who held shares of our Class A
common stock in nominee or "street name" accounts through brokers. As of March 12, 2018, there were 120 and three holders of record of our Class B common stock and
Class C common stock, respectively.
Dividends
The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of Class A common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon
many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, restrictions in Switch, Ltd.'s debt agreements and other factors that our board of
directors deems relevant. We are a holding company, and substantially all of our operations are carried out by Switch, Ltd. and its subsidiaries. Additionally, under our
amended and restated credit agreement, Switch, Ltd. is currently restricted from paying cash dividends or making certain other restricted payments, and we expect these
restrictions to continue in the future, which may in turn limit our ability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock. Our ability to pay dividends may also be restricted by
the terms of any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred equity securities of us or our subsidiaries. Holders of our Class B common stock and Class C common
stock are not entitled to participate in any dividends declared by our board of directors.
In December 2017, the board of directors declared a dividend of $0.014 per share of Class A common stock to holders of record as of the close of business on December 18,
2017 and paid on December 29, 2017. Prior to the payment of the dividend, Switch, Ltd. made a cash distribution to all holders of record of common units of Switch, Ltd.,
including Switch, Inc., of $0.014 per common unit for a total distribution of $3.5 million, of which $503,000 was distributed to Switch and $3.0 million was distributed to the other
holders of record of common units of Switch, Ltd.
In April 2018, the board of directors declared a dividend of $0.0147 per share of Class A common stock to holders of record as of the close of business on April 13, 2018 for the
first quarter of 2018. The dividend will be payable on April 23, 2018. Prior to the payment of this dividend, Switch, Ltd. will make a cash distribution to all holders of record of
common units of Switch, Ltd., including Switch, Inc., of $0.0147 per common unit.
47
Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans
The table below provides information about our compensation plans under which our Class A common stock is authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2017:
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Plan category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)
________________________________________
(1) Includes awards granted and available to be granted under our 2017 Incentive Award Plan.
(2) The weighted average exercise price does not include restricted stock unit awards granted under our 2017 Incentive Award Plan.
5,775,534
$
Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options, warrants
and rights (a)
Weighted average exercise price of
outstanding options, warrants and
rights (b)(2)
Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance under
equity compensation plans (excluding
securities reflected in column (a)) (c)
17.00
19,224,466
Performance graph
The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our Class A common stock with the cumulative total return on the Standard and Poor's MidCap 400
Index, or the S&P 400, and the Standard and Poor's Technology Select Sector Index, or S&P Technology, for the period beginning on October 6, 2017 (the date our Class A
common stock commenced trading on the NYSE) and ending on December 31, 2017, assuming an investment of $100 on October 6, 2017 and the reinvestment of dividends.
SWCH
S&P 400
S&P Technology
Recent sales of unregistered securities
None.
Issuer purchases of equity securities
None.
48
October 6, 2017
December 31, 2017
$
$
$
100.00
100.00
100.00
$
$
$
87.28
104.52
106.68
Use of proceeds from initial public offering of Class A common stock
On October 11, 2017, we completed the initial public offering of our Class A common stock pursuant to a Registration Statement (File No. 333-220405), which was declared
effective on October 5, 2017.
Under the Registration Statement, we issued and sold an aggregate of 35,937,500 shares of our Class A common stock, including 4,687,500 shares sold pursuant to an option
granted to the underwriters, at a price of $17.00 per share. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
acted as representatives of the underwriters for the offering. We received net proceeds of approximately $577.3 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and
before offering expenses of $4.9 million, including the net proceeds received from the underwriters following exercise of their option to purchase additional shares of our Class
A common stock. No offering expenses were paid or are payable, directly or indirectly, to any of our officers, directors or their associates, to any person owning 10% or more
of any class of our equity securities or to any of our affiliates.
We used all of the net proceeds to make a capital contribution to Switch, Ltd. in exchange for 35,937,500 common units of Switch, Ltd. As its sole manager, we caused Switch,
Ltd. to use the net proceeds it received from us to repay all $231.0 million in outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and $4.9 million in expenses related to
the IPO.
No payments from the net proceeds were made, directly or indirectly, to any of our officers, directors or their associates, to any persons owning 10% or more of any class of
our equity securities or to any of our affiliates.
There has been no material change in the use of proceeds as described in our prospectus, dated October 5, 2017, filed with the SEC on October 10, 2017 pursuant to Rule 424
(b) under the Securities Act.
49
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data.
The following selected financial data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 are derived
from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The following selected financial data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Form 10-K. Our historical
results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data(1):
Revenue
$
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expense
Impact fee expense
Income from operations
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance costs
Equity in net (losses) earnings of investments
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Gain on sale of asset
Impairment of notes receivable
Gain on lease termination
Other
Total other expense
(Loss) income before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Net (loss) income
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest
Net (loss) income attributable to Switch, Inc.
Net (loss) income per share/unit:
Basic
Diluted
Weighted average shares/units outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Cash dividends declared per share
________________________________________
(1)
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013
(in thousands, except share/unit and per share/unit data)
Years Ended December 31,
$
378,275
198,230
180,045
160,569
649
18,827
(25,079 )
(1,077 )
(3,565 )
—
—
—
1,333
(28,388 )
(9,561 )
981
(8,580 )
6,628
(15,208 ) $
(1.88 ) $
(1.88 ) $
$
318,352
168,844
149,508
71,420
27,018
51,070
(10,836 )
(10,138 )
—
—
(2,371 )
2,801
842
(19,702 )
31,368
—
31,368
—
31,368
$
$
265,870
141,060
124,810
45,251
—
79,559
(7,682 )
821
(212 )
248
—
—
738
(6,087 )
73,472
—
73,472
—
73,472
$
$
207,306
108,902
98,404
35,570
—
62,834
(6,772 )
(1,053 )
—
—
—
—
1,500
(6,325 )
56,509
—
56,509
—
56,509
$
0.16
$
0.15
$
0.37
$
0.37
$
0.28
$
0.28
$
166,835
81,290
85,545
38,574
—
46,971
(5,511 )
(57 )
(2,146 )
—
—
—
657
(7,057 )
39,914
—
39,914
—
39,914
0.21
0.20
8,073,908
8,073,908
199,047,070
203,461,420
196,773,458
199,272,269
198,431,693
203,410,628
188,322,897
201,815,537
0.014
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
$
$
$
Switch, Ltd. and its subsidiaries is our predecessor for accounting purposes and, accordingly, amounts for the period from January 1, 2017 through October 10, 2017, and for the years
ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 represent the historical consolidated operations of Switch, Ltd. and its subsidiaries. Switch, Inc. had no business transactions or activities
during this period from its incorporation on June 13, 2017 through October 10, 2017, with the exception of the issuance of one share at par value of $0.001 per share, which was canceled as
of the closing date of our IPO. The amounts for the period from October 11, 2017 through December 31, 2017 reflect the consolidated operations of Switch, Inc.
50
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data(1):
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital (deficit)
Property and equipment, net
Total assets
Deferred revenue, current and noncurrent
Long-term debt, current and noncurrent
Capital lease obligations, current and noncurrent
Total stockholders'/members' equity
________________________________________
(1)
December 31,
2017
2016
2015
(in thousands)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
264,666
222,905
1,133,572
1,434,759
30,864
591,760
21,775
742,133
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
22,713
$
(107,861) $
$
874,259
$
921,015
$
24,858
$
472,067
$
23,466
$
278,363
14,192
(23,476)
598,234
647,578
14,253
292,517
19,466
284,694
Switch, Ltd. and its subsidiaries is our predecessor for accounting purposes and, accordingly, amounts as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 represent the historical consolidated
operations of Switch, Ltd. and its subsidiaries. The amounts as of December 31, 2017 reflect the consolidated operations of Switch, Inc. Switch, Inc. had no business transactions or activities
and had no assets or liabilities during the period from its incorporation on June 13, 2017 through October 10, 2017, with the exception of the issuance of one share at par value of $0.001 per
share, which was canceled as of the closing date of our IPO.
51
Item 7.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual
results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below
and those discussed in "Risk Factors" included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
Overview
We are a technology infrastructure company powering the sustainable growth of the connected world and the Internet of Everything. Using our technology platform, we
provide solutions to help enable that growth. Our advanced data centers are the center of our platform and provide power densities that exceed industry averages with
efficient cooling, while being powered by 100% renewable energy. These hyperscale data centers address the growing challenges facing the data center industry. Our critical
infrastructure components in our data centers are purpose-built to satisfy customers' needs, drive efficiency and enable the deployment of highly advanced computing
technologies.
We presently operate three primary campus locations, called Primes, which encompass 10 colocation facilities with an aggregate of up to 4.0 million gross square feet, or GSF,
of space. Our Primes consist of The Core Campus in Las Vegas, Nevada; The Citadel Campus near Reno, Nevada; and The Pyramid Campus in Grand Rapids, Michigan. In
addition, we began developing a fourth Prime, The Keep Campus, in Atlanta, Georgia. In addition to our Primes, we hold a 50% ownership interest in SUPERNAP International,
S.A., or SUPERNAP International, which has deployed facilities in Italy and Thailand. We have accounted for this ownership interest under the equity method of accounting.
We currently have more than 800 customers, including some of the world's largest technology and digital media companies, cloud and managed service providers, financial
institutions and telecommunications providers. Our business is based on a recurring revenue model comprised of (1) colocation, which includes the licensing of cabinet space
and power; and (2) connectivity services. We consider these services recurring because our customers are generally billed on a fixed and recurring basis each month for the
duration of their contract. We derive more than 95% of our revenue from recurring revenue streams and we expect to continue to do so for the foreseeable future. For the years
ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, our largest customer, eBay, Inc., and its affiliates accounted for 14.1%, 13.3% and 10.9%, respectively, of our revenue.
Our non-recurring revenue is primarily comprised of installation services related to a customer's initial deployment. These services are non-recurring because they are billed
typically once, upon completion of the installation.
We have achieved significant growth in our business and have a track record of strong financial performance. Due in part to a nonrecurring equity-based compensation
expense related to the accelerated vesting of certain incentive units upon our IPO and fully vested awards granted under our 2017 Incentive Award Plan, we generated a net
loss of $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. We generated net income of $31.4 million and $73.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015,
respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we generated Adjusted EBITDA of $194.7 million, $153.2 million and $141.9 million, respectively,
representing an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 51.5%, 48.1% and 53.4%, respectively.
Factors that May Influence Future Results of Operations
Market and Economic Conditions. We are affected by general business and economic conditions in the United States and globally. These conditions include short-term and
long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, political issues, legislative and regulatory changes, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets and broad trends in
industry and finance, all of which are beyond our control. Macroeconomic conditions that affect the economy and the economic outlook of the United States and the rest of
the world could adversely affect our customers and vendors, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Growth and Expansion Activities. Our future revenue growth will depend on our ability to maintain our existing revenue base while expanding and increasing utilization at
our existing and developing Prime Campus locations. Our existing Prime Campus locations currently encompass 10 data centers with an aggregate of 4.0 million GSF of space
and up to 415 MW of power. As of December 31, 2017, the utilization rates at these Prime Campuses, based on currently available cabinets, were approximately 91%, 52% and
50% at The Core Campus, The Citadel Campus and The Pyramid Campus, respectively. Additionally, each of our existing Primes has room for further expansion, and we have
designs to add up to 5.9 million GSF of additional space to The Citadel Campus and 940,000 GSF of additional space to The Pyramid Campus. We may be unable to attract
customers to our data centers or retain them for a number of reasons, including if we fail to provide competitive pricing terms, provide space that is deemed to be inferior to
that of our competitors or are unable to provide services that our existing and potential customers desire.
52
Cost of Power. We are a large consumer of power, and power costs account for a significant portion of our cost of revenue. We require power supply to provide many
services we offer, such as powering and cooling our customers' IT equipment and operating critical data center plant and equipment infrastructure. Pursuant to our service
agreements, we provide our customers with a committed level of power supply availability, and we have committed to operating our data centers with 100% clean and
renewable energy. Most of our customer agreements provide the ability to increase our cost of service in response to an increase in the cost of energy. However, our gross
profit can be adversely affected by increases in our cost of energy if we choose not to pass along the increases to our customers. For instance, the seasonal increase in
energy costs during the summer months has not historically resulted in an adjustment to our customer pricing, and therefore has resulted in a decrease in our gross profit in
those periods. Nonetheless, since becoming an unbundled energy purchaser of energy in Nevada, we are able to purchase power in the open market through long-term power
contracts and subsequently reduce variability of power costs. Additionally, our existing customers may not renew their contracts with us or may reduce the services
purchased from us, or we may be unable to attract new customers, if we experience increased power costs or limited availability of power resources, including clean and
renewable energy. Our brand or reputation could be adversely affected if we are unable to provide 100% clean and renewable energy.
Capital Expenditures. Our growth and expansion initiatives require significant capital. The costs of constructing, developing, operating and maintaining data centers and
growing our operations are substantial. While we strive to match the growth of our facilities to the demand for services, we still must spend significant amounts before we
receive any revenue. If we are unable to generate sufficient capital to meet our anticipated capital requirements, our growth could slow and operations could be adversely
affected. Our maintenance capital expenditures were $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Growth in Customers. Our results of operations could be significantly affected by the growth or reduction of our customer base. We have over 800 customers, including some
of the world's largest technology and digital media companies, cloud and managed service providers, financial institutions and telecommunications providers. We believe we
have significant opportunity to both grow penetration of our existing customers as well as attract new customers. Our ability to attract new customers depends on a number of
factors, including our ability to offer high quality services at competitive prices and the capability of our marketing and sales team to attract new customers. Additionally, a
significant portion of our revenue is highly dependent on our top 10 customers and the loss of these customers or any significant decrease in their business could adversely
affect our results of operations.
We monitor the following unaudited key metrics and financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America, or GAAP, to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions.
Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Recurring revenue
Capital expenditures
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA margin
Recurring Revenue
2017
Years Ended
December 31,
2016
$
$
$
(in thousands, except percentages)
369,926
402,561
194,720
$
$
$
51.5 %
308,200
287,097
153,173
$
$
$
48.1 %
2015
258,736
190,113
141,936
53.4 %
We calculate recurring revenue as contractual revenue under signed contracts measured in accordance with GAAP for the applicable period. Recurring revenue does not
include any installation or other one-time revenue, which would be classified as non-recurring revenue. Management uses recurring revenue as a supplemental performance
measure because it provides a useful measure of increases in contractual revenue from our customers and provides a baseline revenue measure on which to plan expenses.
53
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of recurring revenue to total revenue for the periods presented.
Recurring revenue
Non-recurring revenue
Revenue
Capital Expenditures
2017
Years Ended
December 31,
2016
(in thousands)
2015
$
$
369,926
8,349
378,275
$
$
308,200
10,152
318,352
$
$
258,736
7,134
265,870
We define capital expenditures as cash purchases of property and equipment during a particular period. We believe that capital expenditures is a useful metric because it
provides information regarding the growth of our technology infrastructure platform and the potential to expand our services and add new customers.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income adjusted for interest expense, interest income, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and for specific and defined
supplemental adjustments to exclude (i) non-cash equity-based compensation expense; (ii) equity in net earnings (losses) of investments; and (iii) certain other items that we
believe are not indicative of our core operating performance. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue.
Our Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to,
measures used in accordance with GAAP. We present Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin because we believe certain investors use them as measures of a
company's historical operating performance and its ability to service and incur debt. We believe that the inclusion of certain adjustments in presenting Adjusted EBITDA and
Adjusted EBITDA margin is appropriate to provide additional information to investors because Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin exclude certain items that we
believe are not indicative of our core operating performance and that are not excluded in the calculation of EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is also similar to the measures used
under the debt covenants included in our credit facilities, except that the definition used in our credit facilities does not exclude cash gains. Accordingly, we believe that
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results, enhancing the
overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects, and allowing for greater transparency with respect to key financial metrics used by our management in its
financial and operational-decision making.
Our non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for an analysis of our results under
GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of these non-GAAP financial measures versus their nearest GAAP equivalents. Non-GAAP financial measures may
not provide information directly comparable to measures provided by other companies in our industry, as those other companies may calculate their non-GAAP financial
measures differently. In addition, the non-GAAP measures exclude certain recurring expenses that have been and will continue to be significant expenses of our business.
54
The following tables set forth reconciliations of our net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:
Years Ended
December 31,
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013
(in thousands)
Adjusted EBITDA:
Net (loss) income
Interest expense
Interest income(1)
Income tax benefit
Depreciation and amortization
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
Impact fee expense
Equity-based compensation
Equity in net losses (earnings) of investments
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Gain on sale of asset
Gain on lease termination
Impairment of notes receivable and interest receivable(2)
Adjusted EBITDA
$
(8,580 ) $
25,079
$
31,368
10,836
(572 )
(981 )
89,124
569
649
84,790
1,077
3,565
—
—
—
194,720
$
$
(332 )
—
66,591
1,994
27,018
5,935
10,138
—
—
(2,801 )
2,426
153,173
$
73,472
7,682
(260 )
—
55,355
1,307
—
5,237
(821 )
212
(248 )
—
—
141,936
$
$
56,509
6,772
(1,024 )
—
43,918
695
—
4,291
1,053
—
—
—
—
112,214
39,914
5,511
(166 )
—
34,601
235
—
13,170
57
2,146
—
—
—
95,468
$
$
________________________________________
(1) Interest income is included in the "Other" line of other income (expense) in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
(2) The write-off of interest income receivable pertaining to our notes receivable with Planet3, Inc. is included in the selling, general and administrative expense line in our consolidated
statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
Revenue
Components of Results of Operations
During each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, we derived more than 95% of our revenue from recurring revenue streams, consisting primarily of
(1) colocation, which includes the licensing of cabinet space and power; and (2) connectivity services, which includes cross-connects, broadband services and external
connectivity. The remainder of our revenue is from non-recurring revenue streams, which primarily includes installation and contract settlements. Based on the current growth
stage of our business, we expect increases in revenue to be driven primarily by increases in volume, rather than changes in the prices we charge to our customers.
Revenue from recurring revenue streams is generally billed monthly and recognized ratably over the period to which the service relates. Contracts with our customers
generally have terms of three to five years. Non-recurring installation fees, although generally paid in a lump sum upon installation, are deferred and recognized ratably over
the expected life of the installation, which was 66 months and 73 months as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for colocation contracts, 29 months and 34 months as
of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for broadband services contracts, and 41 months and 35 months as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for external
connectivity contracts. Revenue from connectivity services is generally recognized on a gross basis, primarily because we generally act as the principal in the transactions,
take title to services and bear credit risk. Revenue from contract settlements, which result when a customer wishes to terminate their contract early, is recognized when no
remaining performance obligations exist, to the extent that the revenue has not previously been recognized.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of depreciation and amortization expense, expenses associated with the operations of our facilities, including electricity and other utility
costs and repairs and maintenance, data center employees' salaries and benefits, including equity-based compensation, connectivity costs, and rental payments related to our
leased buildings and land used in data center operations. A substantial majority of our cost of revenue is fixed in nature and may not vary significantly from period to period,
unless we expand our existing data centers or open new data centers. However, there are certain costs that are considered more variable in nature, including utilities and
supplies that are directly related to growth in our existing and new customer base. We have seen the cost of our utilities, specifically electricity, decrease as we have become
an unbundled
55
purchaser of energy in Nevada, and are able to purchase energy from the open market. The largest portion of our utility costs is fixed and a smaller portion is variable with
market conditions.
Gross Profit and Gross Margin
Gross profit, or revenue less cost of revenue, and gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, has been and will continue to be affected by various factors,
including customer growth, the expansion of our existing data centers or opening of new data centers, and the cost of our utilities, specifically electricity. Our gross margin
may fluctuate from period to period depending on the interplay of these factors.
Operating Expenses
Selling, General and Administrative Expense
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses, including equity-based compensation, accounting, legal and other professional
service fees, real estate and personal property taxes, rental payments related to our corporate office lease, marketing and selling expenses, including sponsorships,
commissions paid to partners, travel, depreciation and amortization expense for assets not used in data center operations, insurance, and other facility and employee related
costs. This expense classification may not be comparable to those of other companies. We expect to incur additional selling, general and administrative expenses as we
continue to scale our operations to invest in sales and marketing initiatives to further increase our revenue and support our growth. We also expect to incur additional general
and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission and those of the New York Stock Exchange, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional
services. As a result, we expect that our selling, general and administrative expense will continue to increase in absolute dollars but may fluctuate as a percentage of our
revenue from period to period.
Impact Fee Expense
In September 2016, we filed an application with the Public Utilities Commission of Nevada, or PUCN, to become an unbundled purchaser of energy, capacity and ancillary
services in Nevada from a new provider of electric resources. The application was approved in December 2016 and we paid the impact fee of $27.0 million in a lump sum in May
2017 to NV Energy, our former energy provider. As there is no future economic benefit to us from the impact fee, it was recognized as an expense in December 2016.
In November 2017, we also incurred an additional $649,000 in impact fee expense related to deferred energy adjustments representing the difference between actual costs and
amounts collected by NV Energy for fuel and purchased power. Similarly, as no future economic benefit is realized by us from the deferred energy adjustments, it was
recognized as an expense and subsequently paid in November 2017. We do not expect to incur similar fees in future periods.
Other Income (Expense) Items
Interest Expense
Interest expense consists primarily of interest on our credit facilities and amortization of debt issuance costs.
Equity in Net Earnings (Losses) of Investments
Equity in net earnings (losses) of investments primarily consists of our share of results of operations from our equity method investments, including foreign currency
translation adjustments. We currently hold two investments, SUPERNAP International and Planet3, Inc., or Planet3. Our investments in SUPERNAP International and Planet3
were accounted for under the equity method of accounting through December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and our share of their results of operations are
included within equity in net losses of investments for each applicable period presented. As of December 31, 2017, the carrying value of our investment in SUPERNAP
International was reduced to zero as a result of recording our share of its losses. Our losses will continue to include the foreign currency translation adjustments in our
investment. As of December 31, 2016, we determined an other than temporary loss in the value of our investment in Planet3 had occurred, and we therefore fully impaired its
carrying value. Accordingly, we discontinued the equity method of accounting for our investments in SUPERNAP International and Planet3 as of December 31, 2017 and
December 31, 2016, respectively, and will not provide for additional losses until our share of future net income, if any, equals the share of net losses not recognized during the
period the equity method was suspended.
Other
Other (expense) income items primarily consist of other items that have impacted our results of operations such as loss on extinguishment of debt resulting from termination
and full repayment of previously held debt obligations, impairment of notes receivable and gains and losses resulting from other transactions.
56
Non-Controlling Interest
As the sole manager of Switch, Ltd., we operate and control all of the business and affairs of Switch, Ltd. and its subsidiaries. Although we have a minority economic interest
in Switch, Ltd., we have the sole voting interest in, and control the management of, Switch, Ltd. Accordingly, we consolidate the financial results of Switch, Ltd. and report a
non-controlling interest on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), representing the portion of net income or loss and comprehensive
income or loss attributable to the other members of Switch, Ltd. The weighted average ownership percentages during the period are used to calculate the net income or loss
and other comprehensive income or loss attributable to Switch, Inc. and the non-controlling interest holders.
The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:
Results of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expense
Impact fee expense
Income from operations
Other income (expense):
Interest expense including amortization of debt issuance costs
Equity in net earnings (losses) of investments
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Gain on sale of asset
Impairment of notes receivable
Gain on lease termination
Other
Total other expense
(Loss) income before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Net (loss) income
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest
Net (loss) income attributable to Switch, Inc.
Years Ended December 31,
2017
2016
2015
(in thousands)
$
$
378,275
198,230
180,045
160,569
649
18,827
(25,079)
(1,077)
(3,565)
—
—
—
1,333
(28,388)
(9,561)
981
(8,580)
6,628
$
(15,208) $
57
$
318,352
168,844
149,508
71,420
27,018
51,070
(10,836)
(10,138)
—
—
(2,371)
2,801
842
(19,702)
31,368
—
31,368
—
31,368
$
265,870
141,060
124,810
45,251
—
79,559
(7,682)
821
(212)
248
—
—
738
(6,087)
73,472
—
73,472
—
73,472
The following table sets forth the consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods presented as a percentage of revenue. Amounts may not sum due to
rounding.
Years Ended December 31,
2017
2016
2015
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expense
Impact fee expense
Income from operations
Other income (expense):
Interest expense including amortization of debt issuance costs
Equity in net earnings (losses) of investments
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Gain on sale of asset
Impairment of notes receivable
Gain on lease termination
Other
Total other expense
(Loss) income before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Net (loss) income
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest
Net (loss) income attributable to Switch, Inc.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016
Revenue
Colocation
Connectivity
Other
Revenue
100 %
52
48
42
—
5
(7 )
—
(1 )
—
—
—
—
(8 )
(3 )
—
(2 )
2
(4 )%
100 %
53
47
22
8
16
(3 )
(3 )
—
—
(1 )
1
—
(6 )
10
—
10
—
10 %
100 %
53
47
17
—
30
(3 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2 )
28
—
28
—
28 %
Years Ended December 31,
Change
2017
2016
Amount
%
$
$
304,720
67,690
5,865
378,275
$
$
(in thousands, except percentage)
259,046 $
53,715
5,591
318,352 $
45,674
13,975
274
59,923
18 %
26 %
5 %
19 %
Revenue increased by $59.9 million, or 19%, for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2017 was primarily attributable to a $45.7 million increase in colocation revenue and a $14.0 million increase in connectivity revenue, which resulted from
increased sales to existing customers along with the addition of new customers as we expanded the facilities in The Core Campus throughout 2016 and 2017 and opened the
first facilities in The Pyramid Campus and The Citadel Campus in June 2016 and November 2016, respectively. Approximately 16% of the increase in sales for the year ended
December 31, 2017 was attributable to new customers initiating service after December 31, 2016, and the remaining approximately 84% of the increase in sales was attributable
to growth from existing customers. Our revenue churn rate was 0.6% and 1.1% during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase in revenue
during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily related to increased volume, rather than an increase in the prices we charge our customers.
58
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin
Cost of revenue
Gross margin
Years Ended December 31,
Change
2017
2016
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentage)
$
198,230
$
47.6%
168,844
$
47.0%
29,386
17%
Cost of revenue increased by $29.4 million, or 17%, for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in the cost of revenue
for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily attributable to a $20.9 million increase in depreciation and amortization costs, a $2.9 million increase in connectivity costs
and a $1.4 million increase in facilities costs, such as maintenance costs, associated with increased occupancy from the buildout and expansion of The Core Campus, The
Citadel Campus and The Pyramid Campus. In addition, salaries and related employee expenses increased by $4.6 million due to an increase in direct labor costs from an
increase in headcount offset by a decrease in rent expense of $477,000. Gross margin improved by 60 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year
ended December 31, 2016.
Operating Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expense
Impact fee expense
Total operating expenses
Selling, General and Administrative Expense
Years Ended December 31,
Change
2017
2016
Amount
%
$
$
160,569 $
649
161,218 $
(in thousands, except percentage)
71,420 $
27,018
98,438 $
89,149
(26,369)
62,780
125 %
(98)%
64 %
Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $89.1 million, or 125%, for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The
increase in selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily attributable to a $77.7 million increase in equity-based compensation
expense resulting primarily from the accelerated vesting of certain incentive units upon our IPO and awards granted under the 2017 Incentive Award Plan, a $5.6 million
increase in professional service fees for legal and accounting services and a $5.4 million increase in salaries and related expenses predominantly due to an increase in
headcount.
Impact Fee Expense
During the year ended December 31, 2016, we filed an application with the PUCN to become an unbundled purchaser of energy, capacity and ancillary services from a new
provider of electric resources in Nevada, which was approved in December 2016, and incurred an impact fee expense of $27.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2017,
we incurred $649,000 related to deferred energy adjustments representing the difference between actual costs and amounts collected by NV Energy for fuel and purchased
power.
59
Other Income (Expense)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense
Equity in net losses of investments
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Impairment of notes receivable
Gain on lease termination
Other
Total
________________________________________
NM - Not meaningful
Interest Expense
Years Ended December 31,
Change
2017
2016
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentage)
$
(25,079) $
(1,077)
(3,565)
—
—
1,333
(28,388)
(10,836) $
(10,138)
—
(2,371)
2,801
842
(19,702)
(14,243)
9,061
(3,565)
2,371
(2,801)
491
(8,686)
(131)%
89 %
NM
NM
NM
58 %
(44)%
Interest expense increased by $14.2 million to $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase
was primarily driven by an increase in our outstanding long-term debt from $472.1 million as of December 31, 2016 to $591.8 million as of December 31, 2017.
Equity in Net Losses of Investments
Equity in net losses of investments related to our equity method investments in SUPERNAP International and Planet3 was $1.1 million in net losses for the year ended
December 31, 2017, compared to $10.1 million of net losses for the year ended December 31, 2016. The net losses for these periods are related to the financial performance of
our equity method investment in Planet3 and SUPERNAP International. In addition, in 2016, we recorded an impairment for the full carrying value of our investment in Planet3
of $4.4 million.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
Loss on extinguishment of debt was $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 related to the refinancing of our original credit agreement and closing of our amended
and restated credit agreement in June 2017. The loss consisted of the write-off of previously unamortized debt issuance costs of $2.1 million and lender fees of $1.5 million.
There was no such extinguishment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2016.
Income Tax Benefit
Income tax benefit
________________________________________
NM - Not meaningful
Years Ended December 31,
Change
2017
2016
Amount
%
$
981
$
(in thousands, except percentage)
—
$
981
NM
As a result of the IPO and certain organizational transactions completed in connection with our IPO, we became the sole manager of Switch, Ltd., which is treated as a
partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. As a partnership, Switch, Ltd. is not subject to U.S. federal and certain state and local
income taxes. Any taxable income or loss generated by Switch, Ltd. is passed through to, and included in the taxable income or loss of, its members, including us, on a pro rata
basis. We are subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income or loss generated by
Switch, Ltd.
60
Net Income Attributable to Non-controlling Interest
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest
________________________________________
NM - Not meaningful
Years Ended December 31,
Change
2017
2016
Amount
%
$
6,628
$
(in thousands, except percentage)
—
$
6,628
NM
As a result of the IPO and certain organizational transactions completed in connection with our IPO described within Note 1 "Organization" to our consolidated financial
statements, the Members at December 31, 2017 became non-controlling interest holders of Switch, Ltd. and owned 85.5% of the outstanding Common Units, with the remaining
14.5% owned by Switch, Inc. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 was therefore attributed to non-controlling interest holders based on the resulting ownership
percentages. Further, as the IPO and certain organizational transactions completed in connection with our IPO occurred during the year ended December 31, 2017, there was
no non-controlling interest during the year ended December 31, 2016.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
Revenue
Colocation
Connectivity
Other
Revenue
Years Ended December 31,
Change
2016
2015
Amount
%
$
$
259,046
53,715
5,591
318,352
$
$
(in thousands, except percentage)
218,498 $
43,147
4,225
265,870 $
40,548
10,568
1,366
52,482
19%
24%
32%
20%
Revenue increased by $52.5 million, or 20%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in revenue was primarily
attributable to a $40.5 million increase in colocation revenue and a $10.6 million increase in connectivity revenue, which resulted from increased sales as we expanded The Core
Campus throughout 2015 and 2016 and opened our first facilities in each of The Pyramid Campus and The Citadel Campus in 2016. Approximately 56% of the increase in sales
was attributable to growth from existing customers, and the remaining approximately 44% of the increase in sales was attributable to new customers initiating service after
December 31, 2015. The increase in revenue was primarily related to increased volume, rather than an increase in the prices we charge our customers.
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin
Cost of revenue
Gross margin
Years Ended December 31,
Change
2016
2015
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentage)
$
168,844
$
47.0%
141,060
$
46.9%
27,784
20%
Cost of revenue increased by $27.8 million, or 20%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase resulted from a $10.5
million increase in depreciation and amortization costs attributable to the buildout and expansions of The Core Campus, The Pyramid Campus and The Citadel Campus, a $7.7
million increase in direct labor costs from an increase in headcount and a $7.0 million increase in connectivity costs resulting from our growth in operations. In addition, there
was a $2.0 million increase in facilities costs and a $549,000 increase in rent expense primarily due to The Pyramid Campus data center going into service in June 2016. Gross
margin remained relatively constant for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.
61
Operating Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expense
Impact fee expense
Total operating expenses
________________________________________
NM - Not meaningful
Selling, General and Administrative Expense
Years Ended December 31,
Change
2016
2015
Amount
%
$
$
71,420
27,018
98,438
$
$
(in thousands, except percentage)
45,251 $
—
45,251 $
26,169
27,018
53,187
58 %
NM
118 %
Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $26.2 million, or 58%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The
increase was primarily attributable to an $11.4 million increase in salaries and related expenses, primarily due to an increase in headcount. In addition, there were increases in
costs due to the expansions of The Citadel Campus and The Pyramid Campus prior to their openings that are not attributable to cost of revenue, including a $3.8 million
increase in rent expense and a $1.3 million increase in taxes. The increase in selling, general and administrative expense is also attributable to a $2.6 million increase in expenses
relating to employee meals and training costs due to the increase in headcount, a $2.3 million increase in marketing and selling costs related to sponsorships at various events,
a $1.3 million increase in commissions paid to partners due to increased customer referral activity, a $1.4 million increase in depreciation expense, a $1.1 million increase in legal
and accounting services and a $1.0 million increase in travel expenses related to the construction projects for The Citadel Campus and The Pyramid Campus.
Impact Fee Expense
Impact fee expense was $27.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to zero for the year ended December 31, 2015. We filed an application with the PUCN to
become an unbundled purchaser of energy, capacity and ancillary services from a new provider of electric resources in Nevada, which was approved in December 2016. There
was no such activity in 2015.
Other Income (Expense)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense
Equity in net (losses) earnings of investments
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Gain on sale of asset
Impairment of notes receivable
Gain on lease termination
Other
Total
________________________________________
NM - Not meaningful
Interest Expense
Years Ended December 31,
Change
2016
2015
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentage)
$
$
(10,836) $
(10,138)
—
—
(2,371)
2,801
842
(19,702) $
(7,682) $
821
(212)
248
—
—
738
(6,087) $
(3,154)
(10,959)
212
(248)
(2,371)
2,801
104
(13,615)
41%
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
14%
224%
Interest expense increased by $3.2 million to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The change
was primarily driven by an increase in our outstanding long-term debt from $292.5 million as of December 31, 2015 to $472.1 million as of December 31, 2016.
62
Equity in Net (Losses) Earnings of Investments
Equity in net (losses) earnings of investments was net losses of $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to net earnings of $821,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2015. The change was due to the financial performance of SUPERNAP International and Planet3, our equity method investments in which we share in the losses
and earnings of these entities. During 2015, SUPERNAP International recognized $10.0 million in revenue under a license agreement with a Thailand joint venture. During 2016,
both of our equity method investment entities incurred net losses and in addition, we recorded an impairment for the full carrying value of our investment in Planet3 of $4.4
million.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
Loss on extinguishment of debt of $212,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 related to the May 2015 termination and full repayment of our previous credit facilities. There
was no such extinguishment of debt in 2016.
Gain on Sale of Asset
Gain on sale of asset of $248,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 related to a gain on the sale of land owned by one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. There was no
such gain in 2016.
Impairment of Notes Receivable
Impairment of notes receivable was $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 due to a full impairment in 2016 of the carrying value of notes receivable from Planet3.
There was no such impairment in 2015.
Gain on Lease Termination
Gain on lease termination was $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 related to a gain resulting from the termination of a customer's lease of land for the
development of office space on The Citadel Campus. There was no such activity in 2015.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Switch, Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than our ownership of Common Units. As such, we have no independent means of generating revenue or
cash flow, and our ability to pay our taxes and operating expenses or declare and pay dividends in the future, if any, will be dependent upon the financial results and cash
flows of Switch, Ltd. and its subsidiaries and any distributions we receive from Switch, Ltd. The terms of the amended and restated credit agreement limit the ability of Switch,
Ltd., among other things, to incur additional debt, incur additional liens, encumbrances or contingent liabilities, and pay distributions or make certain other restricted
payments.
As of December 31, 2017, we had $264.7 million of cash and our total indebtedness was comprised of debt and financing obligations totaling $613.6 million consisting of
(i) $591.8 million principal from our term loan facility (net of deferred debt issuance costs) and (ii) approximately $21.8 million from our capital lease obligations. As of
December 31, 2017, we had access to $500.0 million in additional liquidity from our revolving credit facility. We believe we have sufficient cash and access to liquidity, coupled
with anticipated cash generated from operating activities, to satisfy our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months,
including repayment of the current portion of our debt as it becomes due and completion of our development projects. We plan to continue to finance our operations and
capital expenditures from customers paying for our services, through the use of our credit facilities and through the proceeds of the IPO.
In addition, with the completion of the IPO, we are obligated to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement we entered into with the Members. Although the actual
timing and amount of any payments that we make to the Members under the Tax Receivable Agreement will vary, we expect that those payments will be significant. Any
payments we make to Members under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us or to
Switch, Ltd. and, to the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, the unpaid amounts generally will be deferred and will
accrue interest until paid by us.
63
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):
Cash provided by operating activities
Cash used in investing activities
Cash provided by financing activities
Net increase in cash
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
$
$
Years Ended December 31,
2017
2016
2015
$
145,101
(402,451 )
499,303
241,953
$
$
166,065
(292,001 )
134,457
8,521
$
129,281
(196,344 )
67,693
630
Cash from operating activities is primarily generated from operating income from our colocation and connectivity activities.
During the year ended December 31, 2017, cash provided by operating activities was $145.1 million, which consisted of net loss of $8.6 million, adjusted by non-cash charges
of $178.4 million and a net decrease of $24.7 million in our operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges are primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization of
$89.1 million, equity-based compensation of $84.8 million, loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.1 million and amortization of debt issuance costs of $1.3 million. The change in
our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $27.0 million decrease in accrued impact fee expense resulting from payment of the impact fee to become an
unbundled purchaser of electric resources in Nevada to power our Nevada data centers, a $6.4 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in the number and
amount of customer invoices during the period, a $1.2 million increase in other assets due to additional debt issuance costs incurred related to our revolving credit facility in
connection with our amended and restated credit agreement and a $2.4 million decrease in accrued expenses due to the timing of invoices from vendors and related payments.
These changes were partially offset by a $7.7 million increase in deferred revenue and customer deposits due to the timing of billings and cash received in advance of revenue
recognition primarily for recurring revenue and a $5.2 million increase in accounts payable related to the timing of invoices from vendors and related payments.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, cash provided by operating activities was $166.1 million, which consisted of net income of $31.4 million, adjusted by non-cash
charges of $89.0 million and a net increase of $45.7 million in our operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges are primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization
of $66.6 million, impairment of our investment in Planet3 of $7.7 million, equity-based compensation of $5.9 million, equity in net losses of investments of $5.8 million, loss on
disposal of property and equipment of $2.0 million, and amortization of debt issuance costs of $922,000. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due
to an increase in accrued impact fee expense of $27.0 million as a result of the approval of our application to become an unbundled purchaser of electric resources in Nevada to
power our Nevada data centers, an increase of $12.0 million increase in deferred revenue and customer deposits due to the timing of billings and cash received in advance of
revenue recognition primarily for recurring revenue, a $7.5 million increase in accrued expenses and accrued salaries and benefits primarily due to an increase in vendor-related
accruals and accrued payroll liabilities, partially offset by a $1.1 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in the number and amount of customer invoices
during the period.
During the year ended December 31, 2015, cash provided by operating activities was $129.3 million, which consisted of net income of $73.5 million, adjusted by non-cash items
of $61.8 million and a net decrease of $6.0 million in our operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash items are primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization of $55.4
million, equity-based compensation of $5.2 million, loss on disposal of property and equipment of $1.3 million and amortization of debt issuance costs of $625,000, partially
offset by equity in net earnings of investments of $821,000. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase of $4.5 million in prepaid
expenses and other assets primarily due to increase in prepaid maintenance and other receivable, a decrease of $1.2 million in accounts payable due to the timing of invoices
from vendors and related payments, and a $3.6 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in the number and amount of customer invoices during the period.
These changes were partially offset by an increase of $2.9 million in deferred revenue and customer deposits due to the timing of billings and cash received in advance of
revenue recognition primarily for recurring revenue.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2017, cash used in investing activities was $402.5 million, primarily consisting of capital expenditures related to the expansion of our data
center facilities.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, cash used in investing activities was $292.0 million, primarily consisting of capital expenditures of $287.1 million related to the
expansion of our data center facilities, purchase of notes receivable of $3.0 million, and an additional investment of $1.5 million in Planet3.
64
During the year ended December 31, 2015, cash used in investing activities was $196.3 million, primarily consisting of capital expenditures of $190.1 million related to the
expansion of our data center facilities and our investment of $6.5 million in Planet3. These outflows were partially offset by proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
of $1.2 million.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2017, cash provided by financing activities was $499.3 million, primarily consisting of $976.0 million in proceeds from borrowings made on
our credit facilities and $572.4 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock sold in our IPO, net of offering costs, partially offset by repayments of long-term debt of
$855.0 million, distributions to members and non-controlling interests of $185.3 million and payments of debt issuance costs of $9.0 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, cash provided by financing activities was $134.5 million, primarily consisting of $189.0 million in proceeds from borrowings made on
our credit facilities, partially offset by distributions to members of $28.1 million, repurchases of member unit options of $15.1 million and repayments of long-term debt of $10.0
million.
During the year ended December 31, 2015, cash provided by financing activities was $67.7 million, primarily consisting of $321.9 million proceeds from borrowings made on our
credit facilities, partially offset by repayments of long-term debt of $223.6 million, distributions to members of $20.5 million, payment of long-term deposits of $4.4 million in
connection with an agreement whereby NV Energy designed, constructed, maintains and owns a substation and related feeders that services the development of future data
center facilities on The Core Campus, payment of debt issuance costs of $2.8 million, taxes paid for net settlement of exercised options of $1.6 million and repurchases of
member unit options of $1.4 million.
Outstanding Indebtedness
On June 27, 2017, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and certain other lenders,
consisting of a $600.0 million term loan facility, maturing on June 27, 2024, and a $500.0 million revolving credit facility, maturing on June 27, 2022, which replaced our prior
credit facility. We refer to the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility as the credit facilities. We are required to repay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of
the initial term loan in consecutive quarterly installments equal to $1.5 million until final payment of $559.5 million is made on the maturity date.
The amended and restated credit agreement permits the issuance of letters of credit upon Switch, Ltd.'s request of up to $30.0 million. As of December 31, 2017, we had no
borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility and $500.0 million of availability. As of December 31, 2017, we had $591.8 million of borrowings outstanding under
the term loan (net of deferred debt issuance costs). Upon satisfying certain conditions, the amended and restated credit agreement provides that Switch, Ltd. can increase the
amount available for borrowing under the credit facilities no more than five times (up to an additional $75.0 million in total, plus an additional amount subject to certain
leverage restrictions) during the term of the amended and restated credit agreement.
The credit facilities are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of Switch, Ltd.'s tangible and intangible personal property and guaranteed by certain of
its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Interest on the credit facilities is calculated based on the base rate plus the applicable margin or a LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin, at
Switch, Ltd.'s election. Interest calculations are based on 365/366 days for a base rate loan and 360 days for a LIBOR loan. Base rate interest payments are due and payable in
arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter, beginning September 30, 2017. LIBOR rate interest payments are due and payable on the last day of each selected interest
period (not to extend beyond three-month intervals). In addition, under the revolving credit facility we incur a fee on unused lender commitments based on the applicable
margin and payment is due and payable in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter, beginning September 30, 2017.
The credit facilities have, among other things, financial and other covenants. Beginning with the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2017, the terms of the credit facilities require
compliance with the consolidated total leverage ratio (as defined in the amended and restated credit agreement). As of December 31, 2017, the maximum consolidated total
leverage ratio was 5.50 to 1.00. The maximum consolidated total leverage ratio is subject to change periodically for future fiscal quarters. We were in compliance with this
covenant as of December 31, 2017. Certain covenants also limit or restrict Switch, Ltd.'s ability to, subject to specified exceptions and baskets, incur additional debt; incur
additional liens, encumbrances or contingent liabilities; make investments in other persons or property; sell or dispose of its assets; merge with or acquire other companies;
liquidate or dissolve ourselves of any of the subsidiary guarantors; engage in any business that is not otherwise a related line of business; engage in certain transactions with
affiliates; pay dividends or make other restricted payments; and make loans, advances or guarantees.
Events of default under the credit facilities, subject to specified thresholds, include but are not limited to: nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or any other payment
obligations thereunder; failure to perform or observe covenants, conditions or agreements; material violation of any representation, warranty or certification; cross-defaults to
certain material indebtedness; bankruptcy or insolvency of Switch Ltd.'s subsidiary guarantors; certain monetary judgments against the subsidiary guarantors; and any
change of control occurrence.
65
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements for any of the periods presented.
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017 (in thousands):
Contractual Obligations
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Long-term debt, principal(1)
Long-term debt, interest(2)
Capital lease obligations(3)
Operating leases(4)
Other contractual commitments(5)
Total
________________________________________
(1)
Payments Due by Period
Less than 1 Year
1 to 3 Years
3 to 5 Years
More Than 5 Years
Total
$
$
6,000
24,853
4,261
7,064
110,928
153,106
$
$
12,000
49,020
4,188
14,399
21,176
100,783
$
$
12,000
46,980
4,549
7,804
3,475
74,808
$
$
567,000
32,104
31,330
57,296
26,079
713,809
$
$
597,000
152,957
44,328
86,563
161,658
1,042,506
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Represents principal payments only. We will pay interest on outstanding indebtedness based on the rates and terms summarized in Note 6 "Long-term Debt" to our consolidated financial
statements.
Represents interest expected to be incurred on our long-term debt based on obligations outstanding at December 31, 2017 based on the rates and terms summarized in Note 6 "Long-term
Debt" to our consolidated financial statements.
Represents principal and interest. See Note 7 "Leases" to our consolidated financial statements.
Represents minimum operating lease payments, excluding potential lease renewals. See Note 7 "Leases" to our consolidated financial statements.
Represents primarily construction-related purchase orders and power purchase and portfolio energy credit agreements for our data centers. See Note 9 "Commitments and Contingencies" to
our consolidated financial statements.
In January 2018, we entered into a Master Power Purchase & Sale Agreement of electricity with Tenaska Power Services Co. See Note 18 "Subsequent Events" to our
consolidated financial statements for more information.
The table above excludes any obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Although the actual timing and amount of any payments that we make to the Members under
the Tax Receivable Agreement will vary, we expect that those payments will be significant.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires our management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. Our estimates are based on our
historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the
carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these judgments and estimates under different
assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and
future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management's judgments and estimates.
Revenue Recognition
We derive more than 95% of our revenue from recurring revenue streams, consisting primarily of (1) colocation, which includes the licensing of cabinet space and power; and
(2) connectivity services. The remainder of our revenue is from non-recurring revenue streams, such as installation and contract settlements. We commence revenue
recognition for our services when all of the following criteria are met:
•
•
•
•
there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;
the service has been or is being provided to the customer;
collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and
the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.
Revenue from recurring revenue streams are generally billed monthly and recognized ratably over the period to which the service relates. Contracts with our customers
generally have terms of three to five years. Non-recurring installation fees, although generally paid in a lump sum upon installation, are deferred and recognized ratably over
the expected life of the installation. Revenue from connectivity services is recognized on a gross basis primarily because we act as the principal in the transactions, take title to
services and bear credit risk. Revenue from contract settlements, which result when a customer wishes to terminate their contract early, is recognized when no remaining
performance obligations exist, to the extent that the revenue has not previously been recognized.
66
Multiple Element Arrangements
We enter into multiple element revenue arrangements in which a customer may purchase a combination of the right to use network capacity (e.g., conduit and fiber optic
cables), maintenance services and colocation services. Terms of performance, cancellation, termination or refunds in these arrangements are similar to those for individual
stand-alone deliverables. The services we offer under these revenue arrangements qualify as separate units of accounting. Multiple deliverables within revenue arrangements
are allocated to separate units of accounting if the deliverables meet both of the following criteria:
•
•
the delivered items have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. The items have value on a stand-alone basis if they are sold separately by any vendor or the
customer could resell the delivered items on a stand-alone basis; and
if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered items, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and
substantially in our control.
At the inception of a multiple element arrangement, we must: (1) determine whether and when each unit of accounting has been delivered or performed; (2) determine the fair
value of each unit of accounting using the selling price hierarchy of vendor-specific evidence of fair value, or VSOE, third-party evidence, or TPE, or our best estimate of the
selling price, or BESP; and (3) allocate the total price among the various units of accounting using the relative selling price method. Once the total price has been allocated
among the various units of accounting, revenue is recognized on a monthly basis over the term of the agreement when the relevant revenue recognition criteria are met for
each element, which is upon acceptance or use of the services by the customer. VSOE generally exists when the deliverable is sold separately; however, in certain instances
VSOE cannot be established if the deliverable cannot be priced within a narrow range or has a limited sales history. When VSOE cannot be established, the selling price for
each element is established based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. When the selling price is not able to be
established using VSOE or TPE, BESP is used in the allocation of arrangement consideration. BESP is our best estimate of the price at which a product or service would be
sold if it were sold on a stand-alone basis. We determine BESP for a service by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices, market conditions,
competitive landscape, type of customer, geographies, internal costs and gross margin objectives. Revenue is allocated to rights to use network capacity and related
colocation services and maintenance services under these arrangements based on TPE. Revenue allocated to other colocation services provided under these arrangements is
based on VSOE.
Equity-Based Compensation
Equity-based compensation for periods subsequent to our IPO includes stock options and restricted stock units awarded to employees. We measure equity-based
compensation expense at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and recognize the expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.
We use the straight-line method to recognize compensation expense for equity awards with service conditions and the accelerated attribution method for equity awards with
performance conditions.
We estimate the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which utilizes various inputs and assumptions, some of which are subjective. Key
inputs we use in applying the Black-Scholes option-pricing model are the stock price on the date of grant, expected stock price volatility, expected term of the award, risk-free
interest rate and expected dividend yield. We estimate expected volatility by analyzing the volatility of publicly-traded companies in the same industry and selecting the
average volatility of the peer group. We estimate the expected term of stock option awards using the "simplified" method, whereby, the expected term equals the arithmetic
average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the stock option. The risk-free interest rate for the period equal to the expected term of the stock option award
is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the stock option awards at the time of grant. The expected dividend yield is
based on our estimate of annual dividends expected to be paid at the time of grant.
Equity-based compensation for periods prior to our IPO includes incentive units and unit options awarded to employees and members. These equity awards generally had
only a service condition. The service-based condition of those equity awards was satisfied over a period of up to five years. We estimated the fair value of these equity-based
awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of highly complex and subjective variables. Our assumptions were as follows:
• Expected volatility. As we had not been a public company and do not have a trading history for our member equity units, the expected price volatility of the
member equity units was estimated by analyzing the volatility of companies in the same industry and selecting volatility within the range.
• Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate was based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the equity
awards.
• Expected term. The expected term of the equity award was calculated by analyzing the historical exercise data and obtaining the weighted average of the holding
period for the equity awards.
• Expected dividend yield. The expected dividend rate was determined at the grant date for each equity award. Because the Common Units are not publicly traded,
the fair values of Common Units were estimated on each grant date by a board of managers of Switch, Ltd. for historical periods prior to our IPO. In order to determine
the fair value
67
of the Common Units, the board of managers considered, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of the Common Units prepared by an unrelated third-
party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-
Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The board of managers exercised reasonable judgment and considered several objective and subjective factors
to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our member equity units including:
•
•
•
•
our historical and expected operating and financial performance;
current business conditions;
our stage of development and business strategy;
the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company given prevailing market conditions and the nature and
history of our business;
• market multiples of comparable companies in our industry;
•
•
the lack of an active public market for our equity units;
the market performance of comparable publicly traded peer companies; and
• macroeconomic conditions.
In determining the fair value of the Common Units, we estimated the enterprise value of our business primarily using a weighted average approach of a combination of the
following three methods: (i) publicly traded data center company multiples; (ii) data center precedent transaction multiples; and (iii) the discounted cash flow method based on
our five-year forecast. The weighting of these three methods varied over time. Application of these approaches involved the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions that
were highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of
comparable companies and the probability of possible future events.
We recorded equity-based compensation expense of $84.8 million, $5.9 million and $5.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The
increase in equity-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2017 related to the accelerated vesting of certain incentive units upon our IPO and fully
vested awards granted under our 2017 Incentive Award Plan. We expect to continue to grant equity-based awards in the future, and, to the extent that we do, our equity-based
compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes pursuant to the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities related to the expected
future tax consequences arising from temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities based on enacted statutory tax rates
applicable to the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Any effects of changes in income tax rates or laws are included in income tax expense in
the period of enactment. We reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the evidence available, it is more likely than not that
such assets will not be realized. In making the assessment under the more likely than not standard, appropriate consideration must be given to all positive and negative
evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets. The assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of current and cumulative
losses, forecasts of future profitability, the duration of statutory carry forward periods by jurisdiction, our experience with loss carryforwards not expiring unutilized and all tax
planning alternatives that may be available. A valuation allowance is recognized if under applicable accounting standards we determine it is more likely than not that our
deferred tax assets would not be realized.
JOBS Act Accounting Election
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can
delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We
have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private
companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided
in the JOBS Act. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of
public company effective dates.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Recent Accounting Pronouncements" to our consolidated financial statements for more information.
68
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
We are exposed to financial market risks, primarily in interest rates related to our debt obligations.
Interest Rate Risk
Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate risk associated with our long-term debt. We evaluate our exposure to market risk by monitoring interest rates in the
marketplace. We attempt to limit our exposure to interest rate risk by managing the mix of our borrowings and through our normal operating and financing activities.
Borrowings under our amended and restated credit agreement as of December 31, 2017 bear interest at a margin above LIBOR or base rate (each as defined in the amended and
restated credit agreement) as selected by us. We had $597.0 million of outstanding borrowings under our credit facilities as of December 31, 2017 with an underlying interest
rate of 3.81%. Based on our outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2017, a hypothetical increase or decrease of 100 basis points would cause our annual interest cost to
change by approximately $6.0 million.
69
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'/Members' Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
70
71
72
73
74
77
79
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Switch, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Switch, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated
statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), of stockholders'/members' equity, and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2017, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's consolidated
financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and
are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing
procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation
of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Las Vegas, Nevada
April 2, 2018
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2013.
71
Switch, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except for per share and share data)
December 31,
2017
2016
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $472 and $340, respectively
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Long-term deposit
Investments
Other assets
TOTAL ASSETS
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'/MEMBERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Long-term debt, current portion
Accounts payable
Accrued salaries and benefits
Accrued expenses
Accrued construction payables
Accrued Michigan building and land purchase
Accrued impact fee expense
Deferred revenue, current portion
Customer deposits
Capital lease obligations, current portion
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt, net
Capital lease obligations
Accrued interest, capital lease obligations
Deferred revenue
TOTAL LIABILITIES
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7 and Note 9)
STOCKHOLDERS'/MEMBERS' EQUITY:
Members' equity
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017
Class A common stock, $0.001 par value per share, 750,000,000 shares authorized, 35,937,500 shares issued and outstanding as of
December 31, 2017
Class B common stock, $0.001 par value per share, 300,000,000 shares authorized, 173,624,316 shares issued and outstanding as of
December 31, 2017
Class C common stock, $0.001 par value per share, 75,000,000 shares authorized, 42,944,647 shares issued and outstanding as of December
31, 2017
Additional paid in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)
Total Switch, Inc. stockholders'/Switch, Ltd. members' equity
Non-controlling interest
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS'/MEMBERS' EQUITY
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'/MEMBERS' EQUITY
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
72
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
264,666
16,386
5,037
2,101
288,190
1,133,572
3,842
—
9,155
1,434,759
5,194
18,934
5,211
6,469
7,052
—
—
11,482
8,634
2,309
65,285
586,566
19,466
1,927
19,382
692,626
—
—
36
174
43
107,008
1,602
31
108,894
633,239
742,133
1,434,759
$
22,713
9,131
3,921
2,052
37,817
874,259
4,440
169
4,330
921,015
14,330
1,663
4,221
8,906
47,528
23,916
27,018
7,157
6,939
4,000
145,678
457,737
19,466
2,070
17,701
642,652
279,056
—
—
—
—
—
—
(693 )
278,363
—
278,363
921,015
Switch, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in thousands, except for share and per share data)
Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expense
Impact fee expense
Income from operations
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, including $1,303, $922, and $625, respectively, in amortization of debt issuance costs
Equity in net (losses) earnings of investments
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Gain on sale of asset
Impairment of notes receivable
Gain on lease termination
Other
Total other expense
(Loss) income before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Net (loss) income
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest
Net (loss) income attributable to Switch, Inc.
Net (loss) income per share/unit (Note 15):
Basic
Diluted
Weighted average shares/units used in computing net (loss) income per share/unit:
Basic
Diluted
Other comprehensive income:
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Comprehensive (loss) income
Less: comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest
Years Ended December 31,
2017
2016
2015
$
$
378,275
198,230
180,045
160,569
649
18,827
(25,079 )
(1,077 )
(3,565 )
—
—
—
1,333
(28,388 )
(9,561 )
981
(8,580 )
6,628
(15,208 )
$
318,352
168,844
149,508
71,420
27,018
51,070
(10,836 )
(10,138 )
—
—
(2,371 )
2,801
842
(19,702 )
31,368
—
31,368
—
31,368
$
$
(1.88 ) $
(1.88 ) $
0.16
0.15
$
$
265,870
141,060
124,810
45,251
—
79,559
(7,682 )
821
(212 )
248
—
—
738
(6,087 )
73,472
—
73,472
—
73,472
0.37
0.37
8,073,908
8,073,908
199,047,070
203,461,420
196,773,458
199,272,269
908
(7,672 )
6,732
(86 )
31,282
—
31,282
$
(607 )
72,865
—
72,865
Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to Switch, Inc.
$
(14,404 ) $
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
73
Switch, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'/Members' Equity
(in thousands, except for share data)
Class A Common
Stock
Class B Common
Stock
Class C Common
Stock
Notes
Receivable
Issued to
Members
Members'
Equity
Shares
Amount Shares
Amount Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Non-
controlling
Interest
Total
Stockholders' /
Members'
Equity
Balance —
December 31,
2014
Net income
Distributions
Net settlement
of recourse
notes issued to
Members
Taxes paid on
behalf of
employees for
option
exercises
Net settlement
of outstanding
vested options
Issuance of
membership
units for net
settlement
Repurchase of
Member
options
Repurchase of
units
Equity-based
compensation
expense
Issuance of
membership
units upon
exercise of
unit options
Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
Balance —
December 31,
2015
Net income
Distributions
Taxes paid on
behalf of
employees for
option
exercises
Net settlement
of outstanding
vested options
Issuance of
membership
units for net
settlement
$ (18,166 )
$ 245,981
73,472
(18,212 )
—
2
—
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
—
$ —
—
—
$
—
—
—
$ —
—
—
$
—
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
18,164
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,558 )
(3,878 )
3,878
(18,301 )
(1,393 )
5,237
75
—
285,301
31,368
(28,110 )
(290 )
(744 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
744
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
74
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(607 )
(607 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
227,815
73,472
(18,210 )
18,164
(1,558 )
(3,878 )
3,878
(18,301 )
(1,393 )
5,237
75
(607 )
284,694
31,368
(28,110 )
(290 )
(744 )
744
Class A Common
Stock
Class B Common
Stock
Class C Common
Stock
Notes
Receivable
Issued to
Members
Members'
Equity
Shares
Amount Shares
Amount Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Non-
controlling
Interest
Total
Stockholders' /
Members'
Equity
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(86)
(693)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
786
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(15,148)
4,969
966
(86)
278,363
(17,313)
(174,235)
75,110
1,115
161
786
(163,894)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
163,894
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
35,937,500
36
—
—
—
—
572,396
—
—
—
—
173,624,316
174
—
—
(174)
—
—
—
—
42,944,647
43
(43)
75
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
572,432
—
—
(15,148)
4,969
966
—
279,056
Repurchase of
member
options and
units
Equity-based
compensation
expense
Common units
awarded
Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
Balance —
December 31,
2016
Activity prior
to the initial
public offering
and related
organizational
transactions:
Net loss
(17,313)
(174,235)
75,110
1,115
161
—
Distributions
to members
Equity-based
compensation
expense
Common units
awarded
Issuance of
membership
units upon
exercise of
unit options
Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
Effects of the
initial public
offering and
related
organizational
transactions:
Effects of the
reorganization
transactions
Issuance of
Class A
common stock
in the IPO,
net of
underwriting
discount and
offering costs
Issuance of
Class B
common stock
Issuance of
Class C
common stock
Allocation of
equity to non-
controlling
interest in
Switch, Ltd.
Activity
subsequent to
the initial
public offering
and related
organizational
transactions:
Net income
Distributions
to non-
controlling
interests
Dividends
Equity-based
compensation
expense
Foreign
currency
translation
Balance —
December 31,
2017
Class A Common
Stock
Class B Common
Stock
Class C Common
Stock
Notes
Receivable
Issued to
Members
Members'
Equity
Shares
Amount Shares
Amount Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Non-
controlling
Interest
Total
Stockholders' /
Members'
Equity
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(629,507)
—
(80) 629,587
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,105
—
6,628
8,733
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(503)
—
—
—
—
—
—
442
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
18
(11,203)
(11,203)
—
(503)
8,123
8,565
104
122
$
—
$
—
35,937,500 $
36
173,624,316 $ 174
42,944,647 $
43
$ 107,008
$ 1,602
$
31
$ 633,239
$
742,133
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
76
Switch, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net (loss) income
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
Income tax benefit
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Bad debts
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Equity in net losses (earnings) on investments
Gain on sale of asset
Planet3 impairment
Amortization of notes receivable discount
Other income
Equity-based compensation
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued interest, capital lease obligations
Accrued salaries and benefits
Accrued expenses
Accrued impact fee expense
Deferred revenue
Customer deposits
Net cash provided by operating activities
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisition of property and equipment
Acquisition of intangible asset
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
Proceeds from notes receivable
Purchase of notes receivable
Purchase of investments
Purchase of portfolio energy credits
Net cash used in investing activities
77
Years Ended December 31,
2017
2016
2015
$
(8,580 ) $
31,368
$
73,472
89,124
569
(981 )
1,303
423
2,065
1,077
—
—
—
—
84,790
(6,435 )
(1,116 )
(261 )
(1,221 )
5,248
(143 )
991
(2,435 )
(27,018 )
6,006
1,695
145,101
(402,561 )
(32 )
100
211
—
—
(169 )
(402,451 )
66,591
1,994
—
922
383
—
5,764
—
7,696
(267 )
—
5,935
(1,101 )
187
(122 )
(463 )
634
64
3,144
4,353
27,018
10,605
1,360
166,065
55,355
1,307
—
625
242
212
(821 )
(248 )
—
—
(147 )
5,237
(3,566 )
(487 )
(781 )
(3,229 )
(1,155 )
108
412
(153 )
—
1,797
1,101
129,281
(287,097 )
(190,113 )
—
—
468
(3,000 )
(1,500 )
(872 )
(292,001 )
(449 )
1,243
—
(485 )
(6,540 )
—
(196,344 )
Switch, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)
(in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock sold in initial public offering, net of offering costs
Proceeds from borrowings
Long-term deposit
Repayment of borrowings, including capital lease obligations
Debt issuance costs on new loan
Issuance of membership units upon exercise of unit options
Taxes paid for net settlement of exercised options
Distributions paid to members and non-controlling interests
Dividends paid to Class A common stockholders
Repurchase of member options
Net cash provided by financing activities
NET INCREASE IN CASH
CASH — Beginning of year
CASH — End of year
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING INFORMATION:
(Decrease) increase in liabilities incurred to acquire property and equipment
Liability incurred upon acquisition of capital lease asset
Forgiveness of note receivable in exchange for capital lease asset
Liability incurred related to investment in Planet3
Distributions declared but not paid
Net settlement of recourse notes including interest issued to members
Net settlement of outstanding vested options
Distributions used for payment of option loans and related interest
Years Ended December 31,
2017
2016
2015
572,432
976,000
598
(854,991 )
(8,968 )
—
—
(185,265 )
(503 )
—
499,303
241,953
22,713
264,666
$
—
189,000
—
(10,000 )
(1,005 )
—
(290 )
(28,100 )
—
(15,148 )
134,457
8,521
14,192
22,713
$
—
321,883
(4,440 )
(223,600 )
(2,756 )
75
(1,558 )
(20,519 )
—
(1,392 )
67,693
630
13,562
14,192
23,494
$
8,415
$
7,123
(53,455 ) $
—
—
—
$
$
$
152
$
—
—
$
$
173
$
51,413
$
4,000
$
2,100
$
—
$
757
$
—
$
744
$
10
$
(3,125 )
—
—
1,500
623
18,256
3,878
9
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
78
Switch, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Organization
Switch, Inc. was formed as a Nevada corporation in June 2017 for the purpose of completing an initial public offering ("IPO") and related organizational transactions in order to
carry on the business of Switch, Ltd. and its subsidiaries (collectively, "Switch," and together with Switch, Inc., the "Company"). Switch is comprised of limited liability
companies that provide colocation space and related services to global enterprises, financial companies, government agencies, and others that conduct critical business on
the internet. Switch develops and operates data centers in Nevada, which are Tier IV Gold certified, and Michigan, and is developing data centers in Georgia, delivering
redundant services with low latency and super capacity transport environments. As the manager of Switch, Ltd., Switch, Inc. operates and controls all of the business and
affairs of Switch.
On October 11, 2017, Switch, Inc. completed its IPO of 35,937,500 shares of its Class A common stock at a public offering price of $17.00 per share, which included 4,687,500
shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the underwriters' option to acquire additional shares of Class A common stock. Switch, Inc. received approximately $577.3
million in proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and before offering expenses of $4.9 million. Switch, Inc. used the proceeds to purchase 35,937,500 newly
issued common units of Switch, Ltd. ("Common Units"), at a price per Common Unit equal to the IPO price per share of Class A common stock, less underwriting discounts
and commissions. As a result of the IPO, Rob Roy, the Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Switch, Ltd., and an affiliated entity of Mr. Roy (collectively, the
"Founder Members") collectively control approximately 67.2% of the combined voting power of Switch, Inc.'s common stock, which remains unchanged as of December 31,
2017, as a result of their ownership of Switch, Inc.'s Class C common stock.
In connection with the closing of the IPO, Switch, Inc. and Switch, Ltd. consummated the following organizational transactions (the "Transactions"):
•
•
•
•
•
•
Switch, Ltd. adopted and approved the Fifth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Switch, Ltd. (the "Switch Operating Agreement"), which amended and
restated Switch, Ltd.'s prior operating agreement to, among other things, convert all incentive units in Switch, Ltd. into Common Units and to appoint Switch, Inc. as
the sole manager of Switch, Ltd.;
Switch, Inc. amended and restated its articles of incorporation to, among other things, provide for Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C
common stock;
Switch, Inc. issued shares of its Class B common stock to the holders of Common Units other than Switch, Inc. and the Founder Members (the "Non-Founder
Members" and, together with the Founder Members, the "Members") on a one-to-one basis with the number of Common Units they owned, for nominal
consideration, and shares of its Class C common stock to the Founder Members on a one-to-one basis with the number of Common Units they own, for nominal
consideration;
Switch, Inc. issued and sold 35,937,500 shares of its Class A common stock in exchange for net proceeds of approximately $577.3 million, after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions but before offering expenses of $4.9 million;
Switch, Inc. used all of the net proceeds from the IPO to acquire Common Units from Switch, Ltd. at a purchase price per Common Unit equal to the initial public
offering price of Class A common stock, less underwriting discounts and commissions, collectively representing 14.5% of Switch, Ltd.'s outstanding Common Units;
and
Switch, Inc. entered into (i) a Tax Receivable Agreement with Switch, Ltd. and the Members and (ii) an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement with
the Members who, upon the completion of the IPO, owned an aggregate of 216,568,963 shares of Switch, Inc.'s Class B common stock and Class C common stock,
representing approximately 94.4% of the combined voting power of all of Switch, Inc.'s common stock.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation and Accounting
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America ("GAAP"),
and include the accounts of the Company. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
79
As the sole manager of Switch, Ltd., Switch, Inc. operates and controls all of the business and affairs of Switch, and has the sole voting interest in, and controls the
management of, Switch, and has the obligation to absorb the losses of, and receive benefits from, Switch. Accordingly, Switch, Inc. identifies itself as the primary beneficiary
of Switch and began consolidating Switch in its consolidated financial statements as of the closing date of the IPO, resulting in a non-controlling interest related to
the Common Units held by the Members on its consolidated financial statements.
Switch has been determined to be the predecessor for accounting purposes and, accordingly, the consolidated financial statements for periods prior to the IPO and the
Transactions have been adjusted to combine the previously separate entities for presentation purposes. Amounts for the period from January 1, 2017 through October 10,
2017, as of December 31, 2016, and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 presented in the consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated
financial statements herein represent the historical operations of Switch. The amounts as of December 31, 2017 and for the period from October 11, 2017 through December 31,
2017 reflect the consolidated operations of the Company. For the period from June 13, 2017 to October 10, 2017, Switch, Inc. had no business transactions or activities and had
no assets or liabilities with the exception of the issuance of one share at par value of $0.001 per share, which was canceled as of the closing date of the IPO.
The Company periodically evaluates entities for consolidation either through ownership of a majority voting interest, or through means other than voting interest, in
accordance with the Variable Interest Entity ("VIE") accounting model. A VIE is an entity in which either (i) the equity investors as a group, if any, lack the power through
voting or similar rights to direct the activities of such entity that most significantly impact such entity's economic performance or (ii) the equity investment at risk is
insufficient to finance that entity's activities without additional subordinated financial support.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including, but not limited to, those
related to the allowance for doubtful accounts, collectability of notes receivable, useful lives of property and equipment, equity-based compensation, deferred revenue, fair
value of leased property at inception of lease term, fair value of deliverables under multiple element arrangements, probability assessments of exercising renewal options on
leases and other than temporary impairments on investments. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to
be reasonable.
Cash
The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents
as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Investments
The Company's investments in entities where it holds at least a 20% ownership interest and has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over the investee
are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The Company's share of the investee's results of operations is included in equity in net (losses) earnings of
investments and foreign currency translation adjustments, as applicable, are included in other comprehensive income with a corresponding adjustment to its investment. The
Company discontinues applying the equity method of accounting when the investment is reduced to zero. If the investee subsequently reports net income or other
comprehensive income, the Company resumes applying the equity method of accounting only after its share of unrecognized net income and other comprehensive income,
respectively, equals the share of losses not recognized during the period the equity method of accounting was suspended. The Company gives precedence to other
comprehensive income and losses when determining whether to resume applying the equity method of accounting. Investments in entities where the Company holds less than
a 20% ownership interest are generally accounted for using the cost method of accounting.
Fair Value Measurements
Financial assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value. The accounting guidance for fair value provides a framework for measuring fair value, clarifies the definition of fair
value and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs
used in measuring fair value into three broad levels as follows:
Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other
inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
80
Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
Derivative Financial Instruments
A derivative is a financial instrument whose value changes in response to an underlying variable, requires little or no initial net investment and is settled at a future date.
Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which the derivatives are entered into and subsequently re-measured at fair value.
Embedded derivatives included in hybrid instruments are treated and disclosed as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to
those of the host contract, the terms of the embedded derivative are the same as those of a stand-alone derivative and the combined contract is not measured at fair value
through earnings. The financial host contracts are accounted for and measured using the applicable GAAP of the relevant financial instrument category.
The method of recognizing fair value gains and losses depends on whether the derivatives are designated as hedging instruments, and if so, the nature of the hedge
relationship. All gains and losses from changes in the fair values of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognized immediately in earnings.
During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement for the purchase of electricity (Note 9). The accounting guidance for derivative instruments
provides a scope exception for commodity contracts that meet the normal purchase and sales criteria specified in the standard. The normal purchases and normal sales
exception requires, among other things, physical delivery in quantities expected to be used or sold over a reasonable period in the normal course of business. Contracts that
are designated as normal purchases and normal sales are not recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Based on these requirements, the agreement entered
into by the Company meets the normal purchases and normal sales scope exception criteria.
Concentration of Credit and Other Risks
Although the Company operates primarily in Nevada, realization of its customer accounts receivable and its future operations and cash flows could be affected by adverse
economic conditions, both regionally and elsewhere in the United States. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Company's largest customer and its
affiliates comprised 11%, 13%, and 14%, respectively, of the Company's revenue. One customer accounted for 18% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2017. No single
customer accounted for 10% or more of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2016.
The Company generally carries cash on deposit with financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits.
Through May 31, 2017, the Company was also exposed to a limited extent, to a risk of unfavorable price increases from its principal provider of power, Nevada Power Company
dba NV Energy ("NV Energy"), whose rates are set by and services are regulated by the Public Utilities Commission of Nevada ("PUCN"). On June 1, 2017, the Company
became an unbundled purchaser of energy in Nevada.
Accounts Receivable
Customer receivables are non-interest bearing and the Company generally does not request collateral from its customers, however, it usually obtains a lien or other security
interest in certain customers' equipment placed in the Company's data center, and/or obtains a deposit. In the event collection is not reasonably assured at inception of a
contract, recognition of related revenue is deferred generally until receipt of cash payment. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses
up to the full amount of invoices based on the age of the invoices. If the financial condition of the Company's customers were to deteriorate or if they became insolvent,
resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, greater allowances for doubtful accounts may be required. Management specifically analyzes accounts receivable
and current economic news and trends, historical bad debt, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness and changes in customer payment terms when evaluating
revenue recognition and the adequacy of the Company's reserves. Delinquent account balances are written-off after management has determined the likelihood of collection is
not probable. The Company recorded bad debt expense of $423,000, $383,000, and $242,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.
Notes Receivable
Notes receivable are recorded at amortized cost using the interest method. The Company evaluates the collectability of both principal and interest based on an assessment of
any significant changes in the amount and timing of the expected future cash flows. As of December 31, 2016, the Company fully impaired the carrying value of its notes
receivable (Note 5).
Internal Use Software
The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining internal use software. Capitalized software costs placed into service are included in
computer equipment, furniture and fixtures within property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized on a straight-line basis over a three-year
period. Software costs that do
81
not meet capitalization criteria are expensed immediately. The Company capitalized internal use software costs of $1.8 million, $1.3 million, and $542,000 during the years ended
December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.
Leases
Upon lease inception, the Company categorizes leases as either operating or capital leases. On certain lease agreements, the Company may receive rent holidays and other
incentives. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis without regard to deferred payment terms, such as rent holidays, that defer the commencement date
of required payments. For assets held under capital leases and leasehold improvements, the estimated useful lives are limited to the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the
term of the lease, including renewal option periods if exercise is intended (Note 7). Amortization of assets that are recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation
expense.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
of the respective assets. The cost and accumulated depreciation of property and equipment retired or otherwise disposed of are eliminated from the respective accounts and
any resulting gain or loss is included in operations. Costs of repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. For assets used in data center operations, the related
depreciation and amortization are included in cost of revenue.
The Company's estimated useful lives of its property and equipment are as follows (in years):
Assets
Land improvements
Buildings, building improvements and leasehold improvements
Substation equipment
Data center equipment
Vehicles
Core network equipment
Cloud computing equipment
Fiber facilities
Deferred installation charges
Computer equipment, furniture and fixtures
Estimated Useful
Lives
20-30
4.5-40
30
5-10
7
5-7
5
20, 40
3-5
3-5
In addition, the Company has capitalized interest costs during the construction phase of data centers. Once a data center or expansion project becomes operational, these
costs are allocated to certain property and equipment categories and are depreciated over the estimated useful life of the underlying assets.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company's long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group
to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an
impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset group.
Portfolio Energy Credits
The Company recognizes portfolio energy credits ("PECs") at their cost when purchased as an intangible asset, subject to impairment testing. PECs are not considered
outputs by the Company. Amortization of PECs is recorded within cost of revenue on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) when PECs
are utilized in operations.
Commitments and Contingencies
The Company accrues for commitments and contingencies when management, after considering the facts and circumstances of each matter as then known to management, has
determined it is probable a liability will be found to have been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. When only a range of amounts is reasonably
estimable and no amount within the range is more likely than another, the low end of the range is recorded. Legal fees are expensed as incurred. Due to the inherent
uncertainties surrounding gain contingencies, the Company does not recognize potential gains until realized.
82
Deferred Debt Issuance Costs
Costs incurred in obtaining certain debt financing are deferred and amortized over the terms of the related debt instruments using the straight line-method for both term debt,
which approximates the interest method, and revolving debt.
Deferred Offering Costs
The Company capitalized certain legal, accounting, and other third-party fees that were directly associated with in-process equity financings until such financings were
consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs were recorded in stockholders' equity as a reduction of additional paid in capital generated as a result
of the offering. Upon the successful consummation of Switch, Inc.'s IPO in October 2017, deferred offering costs of approximately $4.9 million were recorded in the Company's
stockholders' equity as a reduction of additional paid in capital. The Company did not record any deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2016.
Foreign Currency Translation
SUPERNAP International, S.A. ("SUPERNAP International"), an equity method investment of the Company, has investments in foreign subsidiaries. Gains or losses from
translation of foreign operations where the local currency is the functional currency are included in other comprehensive income.
Revenue Recognition
During each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Company derived more than 95% of its revenue from recurring revenue streams, consisting primarily of
(1) colocation, which includes the licensing of cabinet space and power; and (2) connectivity services, which includes cross-connects, broadband services, and external
connectivity. The remainder of the Company's revenue is from non-recurring revenue streams, which primarily include installation and contract settlements. Recurring revenue
is generally billed monthly and recognized ratably over the period to which the service relates. The Company's contracts with its customers generally have terms of three to
five years. Non-recurring installation fees, although generally paid in a lump sum upon installation, are deferred and recognized ratably over the expected life of the
installation, which was 66 months and 73 months as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for colocation contracts, 29 months and 34 months as of December 31, 2017
and 2016, respectively, for broadband services contracts, and 41 months and 35 months as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for external connectivity contracts.
The expected life of the installation is determined based on (i) the weighted average term of new contracts entered into during the period with customers, plus (ii) the average
term of contract renewals entered into during the period with existing customers. Revenue from connectivity services is generally recognized on a gross basis in accordance
with the accounting standard related to reporting revenue gross as a principal versus net as an agent, primarily because the Company acts as the principal in the transactions,
takes title to services and bears credit risk. Revenue from contract settlements, which result when a customer wishes to terminate their contract early, is generally recognized
when no remaining performance obligations exist, to the extent that the revenue has not previously been recognized.
The Company guarantees certain service levels, such as uptime, as outlined in individual customer contracts. If these service levels are not achieved, the Company reduces
revenue for any credits given to the customer as a result. There were no service level credits issued during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.
Revenue is recognized only when the service has been provided and when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of
the receivable is reasonably assured. It is the Company's customary business practice to obtain a signed colocation facility agreement and service order prior to recognizing
revenue in an arrangement. The Company assesses collectability based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the credit-worthiness
of the customer. The Company generally does not request collateral from its customers except it usually obtains a lien and/or other security interest in a customer's equipment
placed in the Company's data centers or obtains a deposit. If the Company determines that collection of a fee is not reasonably assured, the fee is deferred and revenue is
recognized at the time collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.
Multiple Element Arrangements
The Company enters into multiple element revenue arrangements in which a customer may purchase a combination of the right to use network capacity (e.g., conduit and fiber
optic cables), maintenance services, and colocation services. Terms of performance, cancellation, termination, or refunds in these arrangements are similar to those for
individual stand-alone deliverables. To the extent these revenue arrangements involve the use of property and equipment, they are evaluated under lease accounting guidance
to determine whether the arrangement meets the definition of a lease. None of the multiple element arrangements entered into by the Company during any of the periods
presented have met the definition of a lease.
The services offered under these revenue arrangements qualify as separate units of accounting. Multiple deliverables within revenue arrangements are allocated to separate
units of accounting if the deliverables meet both of the following criteria:
•
The delivered items have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. The items have value on a stand-alone basis if
83
they are sold separately by any vendor or the customer could resell the delivered items on a stand-alone basis; and
•
If the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered items, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and
substantially in the control of the Company.
At the inception of a multiple element arrangement, the Company: (1) determines whether and when each unit of accounting has been delivered or performed; (2) determines
the fair value of each unit of accounting using the selling price hierarchy of vendor-specific evidence of fair value ("VSOE") if available, third-party evidence ("TPE") if VSOE
is not available, and management's best estimate of the selling price ("BESP") if neither VSOE nor TPE is available; and (3) allocates the total price among the various units of
accounting using the relative selling price method. Once the total price has been allocated among the various units of accounting, revenue is recognized when the relevant
revenue recognition criteria are met for each element, which is upon acceptance or use of the services by the customer. VSOE generally exists when the deliverable is sold
separately; however, in certain instances VSOE cannot be established if the deliverable cannot be priced within a narrow range or has a limited sales history. TPE is determined
based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. The Company determines BESP for a product or service by considering multiple factors including, but
not limited to, pricing practices, market conditions, competitive landscape, type of customer, geographies, internal costs, and gross margin objectives. Revenue is allocated to
rights to use network capacity and related colocation services and maintenance services under these arrangements based on TPE. Revenue allocated to other colocation
services provided under these arrangements is based on VSOE.
Income Taxes
Switch, Inc.'s corporate structure following the IPO, as described above, is commonly referred to as an "Up-C" structure, which is often used by partnerships and limited
liability companies when they undertake an initial public offering of their business. The Up-C structure allows the Members to continue to realize tax benefits associated with
owning interests in an entity that is treated as a partnership, or "passthrough" entity, for income tax purposes following the offering. One of these benefits is that future
taxable income of Switch, Ltd. that is allocated to the Members will be taxed on a flow-through basis and therefore will not be subject to corporate taxes at the entity level.
Additionally, because the Members may redeem their Common Units for shares of Switch, Inc.'s Class A common stock or, at Switch, Inc.'s option, for cash, the Up-C structure
also provides the Members with potential liquidity that holders of non-publicly traded limited liability companies are not typically afforded.
The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities related to the
expected future tax consequences arising from temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities based on enacted statutory tax rates
applicable to the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Any effects of changes in income tax rates or laws are included in income tax expense in
the period of enactment. The Company reduces the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the evidence available, it is more likely than
not that such assets will not be realized. In making the assessment under the more likely than not standard, appropriate consideration must be given to all positive and
negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets. The assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of current and
cumulative losses, forecasts of future profitability, the duration of statutory carry forward periods by jurisdiction, the Company's experience with loss carryforwards not
expiring unutilized and all tax planning alternatives that may be available.
The Company utilizes a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain income tax positions (tax contingencies). The first step is to evaluate the tax position for
recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related
appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
The Company considers many factors when evaluating tax positions and estimating tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately
forecast actual outcomes. The Company includes interest and penalties related to our tax contingencies in interest expense. See Note 10 "Income Taxes" for additional
information.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed when incurred and are included in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and
comprehensive income (loss). Advertising expense was $1.8 million, $2.2 million, and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.
Equity-Based Compensation
Equity-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date for all equity-based awards made to employees based on the fair value of the awards and is attributed on a
straight-line basis for awards with service conditions and on an accelerated attribution basis for awards with performance conditions over the requisite service period, which is
generally the vesting period.
The Company used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of Switch, Ltd.'s incentive unit awards. The determination of the fair value of the
incentive unit awards was affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables including the fair value of Switch, Ltd.'s member equity units, the
expected price volatility of the
84
member equity units over the term of the awards and actual and projected employee purchase behaviors. Switch, Ltd.'s member equity units' fair value per unit was estimated
using a weighted average approach of a combination of the following three methods: (1) publicly traded data center company multiples; (2) data center precedent transaction
multiples; and (3) the discounted cash flow method based on Switch, Ltd.'s five-year forecast. The weighting of these three methods varied over time. Switch, Ltd. estimated
the expected volatility by analyzing the volatility of companies in the same industry and selecting volatility within the range. The risk-free interest rate was based on U.S.
Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the Incentive Unit awards. The expected dividend rate was determined at the grant date for
each Incentive Unit award. The expected term of the incentive unit award was calculated by analyzing historical exercise data and obtaining the weighted average of the
holding period for the incentive unit awards.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of Switch, Inc.'s stock option awards. Switch, Inc. estimates the expected volatility by
analyzing the volatility of publicly-traded companies in the same industry and selecting the average volatility of the peer group. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S.
Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the stock option awards. The expected dividend rate is based on the Company's estimate of
annual dividends expected to be paid at the time of grant. The expected term for stock options granted is estimated using the "simplified" method, whereby, the expected term
equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the stock option due to Switch, Inc.'s lack of sufficient historical data. Switch, Inc.'s
restricted stock unit awards are measured based on the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.
Net Income (Loss) per Share/Unit
Basic net income (loss) per share/unit is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to Switch, Inc. by the weighted average number of shares/units outstanding
during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share/unit is computed giving effect to all potential weighted average dilutive shares/units including unit options and
incentive units for historical periods prior to the closing of the IPO and stock options, restricted stock units, and Switch, Ltd. common units convertible into shares of Class A
common stock for the period after the closing of the IPO. The dilutive effect of outstanding awards, if any, is reflected in diluted earnings per share/unit by application of the
treasury stock method or if-converted method, as applicable. Refer to Note 15 for further information on net income (loss) per share/unit.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
As the Company is an emerging growth company, it has elected not to opt out of the available extended transition period. Therefore, when a standard is issued or revised with
different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, is permitted to adopt the new or revised standard at the time private
companies adopt the new or revised standard. As a result, adoption dates of Accounting Standards Updates herein are based on a private company timeline.
ASU 2014-09–Revenue from Contracts with Customers
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic
606) ("ASU 2014-09"). The ASU replaces much of the current guidance regarding revenue recognition including most industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the
ASU is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the
entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. An entity will be required to identify the contract with a customer, identify the performance obligations in
the contract, determine the transaction price, allocate the transaction price to the performance obligation in the contract, and recognize revenue when (or as) the entity
satisfies a performance obligation. In addition to the new revenue recognition requirements, entities will be required to disclose sufficient information to enable users of
financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Entities may choose between
two retrospective transition methods when applying the ASU. In July 2015, the FASB voted to defer the effective date by one year (ASU 2015-14) to December 15, 2018 for
annual reporting periods beginning after that date, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and permitted early adoption of the standard,
but not before the original effective date of December 15, 2017. Companies may use either a full retrospective or a modified-retrospective approach to adopt the standard.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus
Net) ("ASU 2016-08"). The core principle of the guidance in Revenue from Contracts with Customers in ASU 2014-09 is not changed by the amendments in ASU 2016-08. The
amendments clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. Per ASU 2016-08, when another party is involved in providing goods or services to
a customer, an entity is required to determine whether the nature of its promise is to provide the specified good or service itself (principal) or to arrange for that good or
service to be provided by the other party (agent). When an entity that is a principal satisfies a performance obligation, the entity recognizes revenue in the gross amount of
consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for the specified good or service transferred to the customer. When an entity that is an agent satisfies a
performance obligation, the entity recognizes revenue in the amount of any fee or
85
commission to which it expects to be entitled. The effective date and transition requirements for ASU 2016-08 are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for
ASU 2014-09.
In April 2016 and May 2016, the FASB issued guidance which amends certain other aspects of ASU 2014-09. The amendments include the identification of performance
obligations and the licensing implementation guidance (ASU 2016-10) and the collectability of revenue, presentation of sales tax and other similar taxes collected from
customers, contracts containing noncash considerations, and contract modifications and completed contracts at transition (ASU 2016-12). In December 2016, the FASB
amended ASU 2014-09 to make minor corrections and minor improvements to the guidance that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or
create a significant administrative cost (ASU 2016-20). The effective date and transition provisions in these amendments are aligned with the requirements of ASU 2014-09.
The Company is in the process of selecting a transition method and determining the effect of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2015-02–Consolidation
In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810) ("ASU 2015-02"). This standard modifies existing consolidation guidance for reporting
organizations that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. The early adoption of ASU 2015-02 in the first quarter of 2017 did not impact
the Company's consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2015-17–Income Taxes
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740) ("ASU 2015-17"). To simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes, this standard requires the
classification of deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent within a classified statement of financial position. The amendments in ASU 2015-17 are effective for all fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2017, and all interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The early adoption of ASU 2015-17 during the year
ended December 31, 2017 did not materially impact the Company's consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2016-02–Leases
On February 25, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) ("ASU 2016-02"). The principle of ASU 2016-02 is that a lessee should recognize the assets and
liabilities that arise from leases. Lessees will need to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for virtually all of their leases (other than leases that meet the definition
of a short-term lease). The liability will be equal to the present value of lease payments. The asset will be based on the liability. For income statement purposes, ASU 2016-02
requires leases to be classified as either operating or finance. Operating leases will result in straight-line expense while finance leases will result in a front-loaded expense
pattern. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The new standard must be adopted using a modified-
retrospective transition, and provides for certain practical expedients. In addition, in January 2018, the FASB also issued ASU 2018-01, which permits an entity to elect an
optional transition practical expedient to not evaluate land easements that exist or expired before the entity's adoption of ASU 2016-02 and were not previously accounted for
as leases. The Company is evaluating the potential effects of the adoption of these ASUs on its consolidated financial statements. The Company has not decided if early
adoption will be considered.
ASU 2016-09–Compensation–Stock Compensation
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation–Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting ("ASU 2016-
09"). ASU 2016-09 was issued to simplify accounting guidance by identifying, evaluating, and improving areas for which cost and complexity can be reduced while
maintaining or improving the usefulness of the information provided to users of financial statements. The areas affected by ASU 2016-09 include accounting for income taxes,
classification of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows, minimum statutory tax withholding requirements, and classification of employee taxes paid on the
statement of cash flows when an employer withholds shares for tax-withholding purposes. In addition, under this guidance, an entity can make an accounting policy election
to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures when they occur. Upon early adoption of this guidance during the first quarter of
2017, the Company changed its policy to account for forfeitures as they occur. The adoption of this guidance during the first quarter of 2017 did not materially impact the
Company's consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2016-13–Financial Instruments–Credit Losses
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments–Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments ("ASU 2016-13").
Under this guidance, a company will be required to use a new forward-looking "expected loss" model for trade and other receivables that generally will result in the earlier
recognition of allowances for losses. The amendments in ASU 2016-13 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2021, and requires a modified-retrospective approach to adoption. Early adoption is permitted in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018,
including interim periods within those fiscal years.
86
The Company is evaluating the potential effects the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. The Company has not decided if early
adoption will be considered.
ASU 2016-15–Statement of Cash Flows
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments ("ASU 2016-15"). The areas
affected by ASU 2016-15 are debt prepayment and debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates
that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the
settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (including bank-owned life insurance policies), distributions received
from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle.
Specifically, under this guidance, cash payments for debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs will be classified as cash outflows for financing activities. The
amendments in ASU 2016-15 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early
adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the
beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The amendments in ASU 2016-15 will be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented.
The adoption of ASU 2016-15 is not expected to materially impact the Company's consolidated financial statements. The Company has not decided if early adoption will be
considered.
ASU 2017-09–Compensation–Stock Compensation
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation–Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting ("ASU 2017-09"). This update provides
clarity and reduces both diversity in practice and cost and complexity when applying the guidance in Topic 718, Compensation–Stock Compensation, to a change to the terms
or conditions of a share-based payment award. The amendments in this update provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment
award require an entity to apply modification accounting. For all entities, the amendments in ASU 2017-09 are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those
annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of ASU 2017-09 is not expected to materially impact the Company's consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2018-02–Income Statement–Reporting Comprehensive Income
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement–Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income ("ASU 2018-02"). The amendments in this update allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for
stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. For all entities, the amendments in ASU 2018-02 are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within
those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is evaluating the potential effects the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial
statements. The Company has not decided if early adoption will be considered.
87
3. Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net, consists of the following as of:
Land and land improvements
Data center equipment
Capitalized leased assets
Buildings, building improvements, and leasehold improvements
Substation equipment
Cloud computing equipment
Fiber facilities
Computer equipment, furniture and fixtures
Vehicles
Construction in progress
Core network equipment
Deferred installation charges
Property and equipment, gross
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
Total property and equipment, net
$
$
December 31,
2017
2016
(in thousands)
$
151,286
784,290
35,974
338,763
4,247
5,661
8,459
30,745
1,573
90,059
31,472
4,436
1,486,965
(353,393 )
1,133,572
$
104,318
591,085
36,408
248,680
—
5,661
6,344
21,007
1,241
97,368
23,859
3,858
1,139,829
(265,570 )
874,259
During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, depreciation and amortization expense was $89.1 million, $66.6 million, and $55.4 million, respectively. Accumulated
amortization for the capitalized leased assets totaled $8.3 million and $6.6 million as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, capitalized interest was $2.9 million, $2.7 million, and $1.4 million, respectively.
4. Long-Term Deposit
On March 10, 2015, NV Energy and Switch, Ltd. entered into a Substation Agreement and related land purchase agreement for land owned by a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Switch, Ltd. Pursuant to the Substation Agreement, NV Energy designed, constructed, maintains, and owns a substation and related feeders in connection with service to
Switch's development of three of its data center facilities in Las Vegas. The substation was placed into service in April 2016. Switch has paid the associated costs and
associated tax gross-up related to the development of the substation and related feeders as defined in the Substation Agreement. These costs are subject to reimbursement
based upon Switch's future power usage. Costs incurred as of December 31, 2016 totaled $6.2 million, of which $4.4 million are classified as long-term deposits and $1.8 million
as property and equipment on the consolidated balance sheets. In October 2017, a reimbursement of $1.4 million was received related to the substation, of which $598,000 was
classified as long-term deposits and $815,000 as property and equipment. Costs incurred as of December 31, 2017 totaled $4.8 million, of which $3.8 million is classified as long-
term deposits and $964,000 as property and equipment.
5. Equity Method Investments
The Company currently holds two investments, SUPERNAP International and Planet3, Inc. ("Planet3"). As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company determined that it
continued to have a variable interest in both SUPERNAP International and Planet3, as the entities do not have sufficient equity at risk. However, the Company concluded that
it is not the primary beneficiary of SUPERNAP International or of Planet3 as it does not have deemed control of either entity. As a result, it does not consolidate either entity
into its consolidated financial statements.
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the investment in SUPERNAP International was accounted for under the equity method of accounting. SUPERNAP International is an
investment of which the Company holds a 50% ownership interest. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had invested $1.3 million in SUPERNAP International. As
of December 31, 2017, the Company's carrying value of its investment in SUPERNAP International was reduced to zero as a result of recording its share of the investee's
losses. Accordingly, as the Company does not have any guaranteed obligations and is not otherwise committed to provide further financial support to SUPERNAP
International, the Company discontinued the equity method of accounting for its investment in SUPERNAP International as of December 31, 2017 and will not provide for
additional losses until its share of future net income or comprehensive income, if any, equals the share of net losses or comprehensive losses not
88
recognized during the period the equity method was suspended. The Company's share of net loss recorded for the years ended December 31, 2017, and 2016, amounted to $1.0
million and $2.1 million, respectively. In 2015, SUPERNAP International recognized $10.0 million in revenue under a license agreement with a Thailand joint venture. As a result,
the Company recognized equity in net earnings of SUPERNAP International of $2.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the
Company had recorded amounts consisting of reimbursable expenses due from SUPERNAP International of $337,000 and $1.4 million, respectively, within accounts receivable
on the consolidated balance sheets.
Planet3 is an investment of which the Company holds a 45% ownership interest. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had invested $10.0 million in Planet3. The
Company's share of net loss recorded for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 amounted to $3.7 million and $2.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, as the
Company does not have any guaranteed obligations and is not otherwise committed to provide further financial support to Planet3, the Company discontinued the equity
method of accounting for its investment in Planet3 and will not provide for additional losses until its share of future net income, if any, equals the share of net losses not
recognized during the period the equity method was suspended.
On May 13, 2016, Switch, Ltd. entered into an agreement with Planet3 (the "Note Purchase Agreement") pursuant to which Planet3 agreed to issue to Switch, Ltd. secured
convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $3.0 million. Interest accrues on the unpaid principal balance of the notes at 5% per annum.
The notes, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest, matured on September 1, 2017. On the maturity date, the outstanding principal balance and accrued interest can
be converted at the Company's option into ownership interests of Planet3, which remained unexercised by the Company as of December 31, 2017. On September 6, 2017, the
Company delivered to Planet3 a Notice of Default. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had purchased notes having an aggregate principal amount of $3.0 million.
If a qualified financing, as defined in the notes, had occurred on or prior to the maturity date, then, upon the closing of the qualified financing, the outstanding principal
amount of the notes and all accrued and unpaid interest would have automatically converted into shares of the preferred stock issued by Planet3 at a discount. The Company
had identified and separately accounted for an embedded derivative related to the automatic conversion feature of the secured convertible promissory notes. The estimated
fair value of the embedded derivative was based on Level 3 inputs, such as the value of the preferred stock upon conversion, using a present value of future cash flow
valuation technique that relied on management assumptions of the probability of occurrence, term, and the risk-free discount rate. The embedded derivative was fully impaired
as of December 31, 2016.
As of December 31, 2016, the Company determined an other than temporary loss in value of its investment in Planet3 had occurred due to Planet3's continued operating losses
and the release of a beta product that did not generate the projected sales activity. The Company fully impaired the carrying values of its investment in Planet3 of $4.4 million,
notes receivable of $2.4 million, net of a $629,000 discount, interest receivable of $55,000, and related embedded derivative of $896,000 for a total write-down of $7.7 million. The
estimated fair value of the Company's investment in Planet3 was based on Level 3 inputs, using a present value of future cash flow valuation technique that relied on
management assumptions to derive an enterprise value.
The summarized financial information of the Company's equity method investments is as follows:
Current assets
Noncurrent assets
Current liabilities
Noncurrent liabilities
Revenue
Gross (loss) profit
Net (loss) income
December 31,
2017
2016
$
$
$
$
(in thousands)
$
2,169
$
17,075
$
2,583
$
19,445
2017
Years Ended December 31,
2016
(in thousands)
2015
$
700
(3,467) $
(5,834) $
$
1,239
(2,313) $
(12,353) $
$
$
$
89
5,683
18,956
2,558
23,164
10,866
7,628
1,412
6. Long-Term Debt
2015 Credit Agreement
On May 5, 2015, Switch, Ltd. entered into a credit agreement ("2015 Credit Agreement") with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and certain
other lenders, which replaced its previous $250.0 million credit agreement. The 2015 Credit Agreement consisted of a $200.0 million term loan facility (the "2015 Term Loan
Facility") and a $400.0 million revolving credit facility (the "2015 Revolving Credit Facility," and, together with the 2015 Term Loan Facility, the "2015 Facilities"), each with a
term of five years.
Upon satisfying certain conditions, the 2015 Credit Agreement provided that Switch, Ltd. could increase the amount available for borrowing under the 2015 Facilities no more
than five times (up to an additional $125.0 million in total) during the term of the 2015 Credit Agreement. On May 2, 2016, Switch, Ltd. amended the 2015 Credit Agreement to
increase the aggregate amount available for borrowing under the 2015 Facilities by an additional $125.0 million and to modify certain other terms and conditions. On the
closing date of the amendment, the Company recorded additional deferred debt issuance costs of $1.0 million, of which $860,000 related to the 2015 Revolving Credit Facility
and $145,000 related to the 2015 Term Loan Facility. Total deferred debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2016 totaled $3.4 million, net of accumulated amortization of $1.4
million. Net debt issuance costs related to the 2015 Term Loan Facility are presented together with long-term debt and were $2.2 million as of December 31, 2016. Net debt
issuance costs associated with the 2015 Revolving Credit Facility are included within other assets and were $1.1 million as of December 31, 2016.
The 2015 Facilities were collateralized by substantially all of Switch's tangible and intangible personal property and guaranteed by certain of Switch, Ltd.'s wholly-owned
subsidiaries. Interest on the 2015 Facilities was calculated based on a base rate plus the applicable margin or a LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin, at Switch, Ltd.'s election.
Interest calculations were based on 365/366 days for a base rate loan and 360 days for a LIBOR loan. Base rate interest payments were due and payable in arrears on the last
day of each calendar quarter, beginning December 31, 2015. LIBOR rate interest payments were due and payable on the last day of each selected interest period (not to extend
beyond three-month intervals).
The 2015 Facilities had, among other things, financial and other covenants. Beginning with the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2015, the 2015 Credit Agreement required
compliance with the consolidated total leverage and consolidated fixed charge coverage ratios (as defined in the 2015 Credit Agreement). As of December 31, 2016, the
maximum consolidated total leverage ratio was 4.25 to 1.00 and the minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio was 1.50 to 1.00. The maximum consolidated total
leverage ratio was subject to change periodically for future fiscal quarters. Switch, Ltd. was in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2016.
The terms of the 2015 Facilities limited Switch, Ltd.'s ability, among other things, to return capital to equity interest holders, grant liens on its assets, and incur additional debt.
Switch, Ltd.'s net assets were subject to restrictions, including the ability to pay distributions. As of December 31, 2016, none of Switch, Ltd.'s net assets were deemed
restricted under the 2015 Facilities.
2017 Credit Agreement
On June 27, 2017, Switch, Ltd. entered into an amended and restated credit agreement ("2017 Credit Agreement") with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
administrative agent, and certain other lenders, consisting of a $600.0 million term loan facility (the "2017 Term Loan Facility"), maturing on June 27, 2024, and a $500.0 million
revolving credit facility (the "2017 Revolving Credit Facility," and, together with the 2017 Term Loan Facility, the "2017 Facilities"), maturing on June 27, 2022, which replaced
its 2015 Credit Agreement. The 2017 Term Loan Facility is subject to principal amortization of $1.5 million per calendar quarter commencing on September 30, 2017. On
December 28, 2017, Switch, Ltd. amended the 2017 Credit Agreement (the "First Amendment") to reduce the interest rate margin applicable to borrowings under the 2017
Facilities. In addition, the First Amendment has a prepayment premium of 1.0% of the aggregate principal outstanding under the 2017 Term Loan Facility in the event that, prior
to the six-month anniversary of the closing date of the First Amendment, Switch, Ltd. enters into another repricing transaction.
Upon satisfying certain conditions, the 2017 Credit Agreement provides that Switch, Ltd. can increase the amount available for borrowing under the 2017 Facilities no more
than five times (up to an additional $75.0 million in total, plus an additional amount subject to certain leverage restrictions) during the term of the 2017 Credit Agreement.
The Company recorded debt issuance costs of $8.8 million on the closing date of the 2017 Credit Agreement, of which $5.6 million related to the 2017 Term Loan Facility and
$3.2 million related to the 2017 Revolving Credit Facility. In connection with the 2017 Credit Agreement, $811,000 of the unamortized debt issuance costs on the 2015 Revolving
Credit Facility continued to be deferred as a result of modification accounting. The Company recorded additional debt issuance costs of $110,000 related to the 2017 Revolving
Credit Facility and interest expense of $137,000 representing third-party costs related to the 2017 Term Loan Facility on the closing date of the First Amendment as a result of
modification accounting. Unamortized debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2017 totaled $9.0 million. Unamortized debt issuance costs related to the 2017 Term Loan Facility
are presented together with long-term debt and were $5.2 million as of December 31, 2017. As of December 31,
90
2017, unamortized debt issuance costs are included within other assets and were comprised of $3.0 million related to the 2017 Revolving Credit Facility and $730,000 associated
with the modification accounting on the 2015 Revolving Credit Facility.
The 2017 Facilities are collateralized by substantially all of Switch's tangible and intangible personal property and guaranteed by certain of Switch, Ltd.'s wholly-owned
subsidiaries. Interest on the 2017 Facilities is calculated based on the base rate plus the applicable margin or a LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin, at Switch, Ltd.'s election.
Interest calculations are based on 365/366 days for a base rate loan and 360 days for a LIBOR loan. Base rate interest payments are due and payable in arrears on the last day
of each calendar quarter, beginning September 30, 2017. LIBOR rate interest payments are due and payable on the last day of each selected interest period (not to extend
beyond three-month intervals). In addition, the 2017 Revolving Credit Facility incurs a fee on unused lender commitments based on the applicable margin and payments are
due and payable in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter, beginning September 30, 2017.
The 2017 Facilities have, among other things, financial and other covenants. Beginning with the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2017, the 2017 Credit Agreement required
compliance with the consolidated total leverage ratio (as defined in the 2017 Credit Agreement). As of December 31, 2017, the maximum consolidated total leverage ratio was
5.50 to 1.00. The maximum consolidated total leverage ratio is subject to change periodically for future fiscal quarters. Switch, Ltd. was in compliance with this covenant as of
December 31, 2017.
The terms of the 2017 Facilities limit Switch, Ltd.'s ability, among other things, to incur additional debt, incur additional liens, encumbrances or contingent liabilities, and pay
distributions or make certain other restricted payments (with certain exceptions and baskets, including a restricted payment basket of $15.0 million per fiscal year).
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded a $3.6 million loss related to the refinancing of Switch, Ltd.'s 2015 Credit Agreement and closing of Switch,
Ltd.'s 2017 Credit Agreement in June 2017. The loss was comprised of the write-off of previously unamortized debt issuance costs of $2.1 million and lender fees of $1.5 million.
Long-term debt consists of the following as of:
December 31,
2017
2016
(in thousands)
—
$
185,000
597,000
(5,241)
591,759
2015 Term Loan Facility, interest paid at the defined LIBOR rate plus applicable interest margin (2.77% at December 31, 2016); matures
May 2020
$
2017 Term Loan Facility, interest paid at the defined LIBOR rate plus applicable interest margin (3.81% at December 31, 2017); matures
June 2024
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs
2015 Revolving Credit Facility, interest paid at the defined LIBOR rate plus applicable interest margin (2.71% at December 31, 2016);
matures May 2020
2017 Revolving Credit Facility, interest paid at the defined LIBOR rate plus applicable interest margin; matures June 2022
—
—
591,759
$
As of December 31, 2017, long-term debt maturities are as follows (in thousands):
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs
7. Leases
91
$
$
$
—
(2,233)
182,767
289,300
—
472,067
6,000
6,000
6,000
6,000
6,000
567,000
597,000
(5,241)
591,759
Capital Leases
The Company leases the land and building for one of its data centers from an entity in which a member of its Board of Directors has a beneficial ownership interest, under
which the building portion of the lease has been capitalized. Pursuant to GAAP, the lease attributable to the land is accounted for as an operating lease. The lease expires in
2033 with two subsequent 10-year and one five-year renewal option periods.
As of December 31, 2017, minimum payment obligations for this capital lease are as follows:
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Less: amount representing interest
Present value of minimum capital lease payments
________________________________________
(1)
Until 2023, capital lease payments are applied only to accrued interest, thus, there is no current portion.
Related Party Building
Lease(1)
(in thousands)
$
$
1,952
2,064
2,124
2,243
2,306
31,330
42,019
(22,553 )
19,466
In February 2016, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Switch, Ltd. acquired rights and interests to manage, construct and use the Nevada Broadband Telemedicine Initiative
("NBTI") fiber network. The right to use the NBTI fiber network is accounted for as a capital lease. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, capital lease assets related to the NBTI
fiber network were $16.1 million and $15.9 million, respectively, and related future minimum payment obligations are $2.3 million, which are expected to be paid during the year
ending December 31, 2018. The capital lease will expire 25 years from the date the network is accepted by the Nevada Hospital Association, the entity that holds title to the
network, and has a 25-year renewal option. Acceptance occurred in September 2017.
The Company is the sole consumer of output from four feeders related to a substation owned by NV Energy (Note 4). The Company accounts for this arrangement as a capital
lease. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, capital lease assets related to the feeders were $515,000 and $930,000, respectively. There are no future minimum payment obligations
related to this capital lease. The capital lease will expire 39 years from the date the substation was placed into service, which was April 2016.
Operating Lease Commitments
The Company leases land, warehouse storage space and data center buildings under operating leases (including the land portion of the capitalized building lease) that have
non-cancellable terms expiring through 2066 with entities in which a member of its Board of Directors has a beneficial ownership interest.
In addition, the Company leases warehouse storage space, storage yards for fiber and construction materials and equipment under operating leases in Nevada that have non-
cancellable terms expiring through 2055.
As of December 31, 2017, future minimum lease payments for all operating leases with remaining terms in excess of one year are as follows:
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Related
Parties
Other
(in thousands)
Total
$
$
4,706
4,798
4,860
4,256
2,863
56,653
78,136
$
$
2,358
2,369
2,372
506
179
643
8,427
$
$
7,064
7,167
7,232
4,762
3,042
57,296
86,563
92
During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, rent expense related to operating leases was approximately $7.4 million, $8.7 million, and $3.8 million, respectively.
Related party rent included in these amounts was approximately $4.8 million, $4.2 million, and $3.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.
8. Retirement Benefit Plans
The Company has a defined contribution retirement plan that covers its eligible employees (the "Plan"). The Plan is qualified in accordance with section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code. Eligible employees can participate in the Company's pre-tax 401(k) plan or after-tax Roth 401(k) plan. As of February 2016, the Company makes matching
contributions equal to 100% of the first 3% of compensation deferred by a participant. The Company may make a discretionary additional matching contribution. The
Company recognized expense related to its contributions to the Plan of $1.3 million and $939,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
9. Commitments and Contingencies
Purchase Commitments
In March 2017, the Company entered into a firm Power Purchase & Sale Agreement of electricity with Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. to purchase a minimum of 40
megawatts per energy hour for a term of 36 months, or a minimum purchase commitment of $33.4 million during the term, starting June 1, 2017. In addition, the agreement also
contains a variable cost component for any megawatt hours in excess of the minimum megawatt hour commitment. The remaining minimum purchase commitment is $26.9
million as of December 31, 2017. Future minimum power purchase commitments for 2018, 2019, and 2020 are $11.1 million, $11.1 million, and $4.7 million, respectively, with no
additional commitments upon termination of the agreement thereafter.
In December 2016, the Company notified the landlord for its data center building and land in Michigan of its intent to exercise the purchase option pursuant to the lease
agreement. The purchase price of $25.0 million, less 65% of all rent payments made to the landlord, was payable at closing of the sale in December 2017. The Company
recorded the present value of the adjusted purchase price within accrued Michigan building and land purchase on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016.
In September 2016, the Company entered into a take-or-pay contract with a lit fiber transport services vendor whereby the Company will be required to purchase a minimum of
$75,000 in eligible services on a monthly basis for a term equal to or greater than 24 months beginning 12 months after the eligible services are made available. The eligible
services were made available in September 2017.
In June 2015, the Company entered into an agreement for the purchase of three parcels of land in northern Nevada. The first closing on two of the land parcels was completed
in August 2015 in accordance with the agreement. The second closing on the third land parcel with a purchase price of $5.4 million will occur on or before 36 months after the
date of the first closing, or by August 2018.
PEC Purchase Commitments
In November 2015, the Company entered into a five-year contract beginning January 1, 2016 with the Southern Nevada Water Authority ("SNWA") to purchase an estimated
82 million in PECs, or a minimum remaining purchase commitment of $508,000 as of December 31, 2017, from the 14 megawatt solar photovoltaic generating plant constructed at
SNWA's River Mountains Water Treatment Facility to meet its anticipated requirements under the State of Nevada's Renewal Portfolio Standard Statute.
In November 2015, the Company entered into a renewable energy agreement with NV Energy to purchase all PECs realized from Switch Station 2, a 79 megawatt photovoltaic
solar generation facility, for a minimum purchase commitment of $13.2 million during the remaining term as of December 31, 2017. The term of the renewable energy agreement
is 20 years from the commercial operation date of Switch Station 2, which achieved commercial operation on October 11, 2017.
In June 2015, the Company entered into a renewable energy agreement with NV Energy to purchase all PECs realized from Switch Station 1, a 100 megawatt photovoltaic solar
generation facility, not to exceed the Company's total electric load from its data center facilities, for a minimum purchase commitment of $21.6 million during the remaining term
as of December 31, 2017. The term of the renewable energy agreement is 20 years from the commercial operation date of Switch Station 1, which was July 21, 2017. As of
December 31, 2017, future minimum PEC purchase commitments are as follows (in thousands):
93
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Impact Fee Expense
$
$
1,908
1,908
1,908
1,738
1,738
26,079
35,279
On September 30, 2016, Switch filed its application with the PUCN to become an unbundled purchaser of energy, capacity, and/or ancillary services in Nevada from a new
provider of electric resources. The application was approved on December 28, 2016 and Switch paid the impact fee of $27.0 million in a lump sum on May 31, 2017 to NV
Energy, the Company's energy provider in Nevada through May 31, 2017, and became an unbundled purchaser of energy in Nevada on June 1, 2017. As there is no future
economic benefit to the Company from the impact fee, it was recognized as an expense within impact fee expense during the year ended December 31, 2016 in the consolidated
statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company also incurred an additional $649,000 in impact fee expense related to deferred energy adjustments representing the
difference between actual costs and amounts collected by NV Energy for fuel and purchased power. Similarly, as no future economic benefit is realized by the Company from
the deferred energy adjustments, it was recognized as an expense during the year ended December 31, 2017 in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive
income (loss).
Self-Insurance Reserves
Effective January 1, 2017, the Company is self-insured for various levels of employee health coverage. Insurance reserves include accruals for estimated settlements for known
claims, as well as accruals for estimates of incurred but not reported claims. As of December 31, 2017, the estimated liabilities for unpaid and incurred but not reported claims
totaled $417,000, which is included within accrued salaries and benefits on the consolidated balance sheets.
Energy Litigation
In July 2016, Switch filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Nevada against, among other parties, the PUCN and the former Commissioners of the PUCN, NV
Energy, and the former General Counsel to the PUCN Commissioners. The lawsuit alleged, among other things, that the defendants violated state and federal law to conspire
and defraud Switch so that NV Energy could unlawfully retain Switch as a customer of NV Energy and impair renewable energy development in the state of Nevada. Switch
sought damages, attorneys' fees, costs and preliminary injunctive relief. On December 21, 2016, Switch and NV Energy agreed to settle the lawsuit on confidential terms which
do not create any material financial liability to Switch. On January 4, 2017, Switch filed a voluntary dismissal of the energy litigation lawsuit with the U.S. District Court for the
District of Nevada.
Patent Litigation
On August 7, 2017, Switch filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against Aligned Data Centers LLC, or ("Aligned"), and MTechnology Inc.
The lawsuit alleges, among other things, that Aligned has used and promoted technology at its data centers to attract clients to its facility, directly and indirectly infringing at
least three of Switch's patents and using Switch's patented technology to attempt to unlawfully compete with Switch. The complaint also alleges that Aligned hired a
consultant to design their data centers; that this consultant had toured Switch under non-disclosure agreement; and that this consultant breached his confidentiality
agreements with Switch by using Switch's designs to design the Aligned data centers. Switch is seeking an injunction to prevent the defendants in the lawsuit from infringing
Switch's patents, as well as other remedies. On August 16, 2017, Aligned filed an answer to the complaint and a motion to dismiss the lawsuit. Among other things, Aligned
alleges in its answer that Switch's patents in question should be declared invalid, and countersued for declaratory judgment of the non-infringement of certain of Switch's
patents, injunctive relief, and damages for alleged anti-competition practices involving Aligned's trademarks in violation of the Lanham Act, tortious interference with
Aligned's business, and disparagement of Aligned's business. Switch has retained outside counsel to represent it and is vigorously defending its rights and interests. Given
certain jurisdictional issues, Switch filed a separate complaint in the Eighth Judicial District of Nevada against the consultant, Stephen Fairfax, and his business,
MTechnology, on September 12, 2017. Among other claims, Switch has raised allegations of breach of contract and misappropriation of trade secrets. The outcome of Switch's
legal proceedings is inherently unpredictable, subject to significant uncertainties, and could be material to the Company's financial condition, results of operations, and cash
flows for a particular period. For the pending matter described above, it is not possible to estimate the reasonably possible loss or range of loss.
Cobalt Litigation
94
On September 7, 2017, Switch, Ltd. and Switch, Inc. (collectively, the "Defendants"), were named in a lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Nevada by V5
Technologies formerly d/b/a Cobalt Data Centers (now defunct). The lawsuit alleges, among other things, that the Defendants have monopolized the Las Vegas Metropolitan
area of Southern Nevada's data center colocation market and have engaged in unfair business practices leading to the failure of Cobalt Data Centers in 2015 and seeks
monetary damages in an amount yet to be disclosed. The Defendants have retained outside counsel and are vigorously pursuing their rights and interests. The outcome of the
Defendants' legal proceedings is inherently unpredictable, subject to significant uncertainties, and could be material to the Company's financial condition, results of
operations, and cash flows for a particular period. For the pending matter described above, it is not possible to estimate the reasonably possible loss or range of loss.
10. Income Taxes
Switch, Inc. incurs U.S. federal, state, and local income taxes on Switch, Inc.'s allocable share of taxable income of Switch. As a result, the consolidated statements of
operations and comprehensive income (loss) reflect an adjustment to provide for corporate income taxes at Switch, Inc.'s effective rate of 10.2% for the year ended December
31, 2017. The effective rate includes the provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction. As the
IPO occurred during the year ended December 31, 2017, and Switch, Inc. had no business transactions or activities prior to the IPO, with the exception of the issuance of one
share at par value of $0.001, which was canceled as of the closing date of the IPO, no amounts related to the provision for income taxes were incurred for the period from
January 1, 2017 to October 10, 2017, and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The operations of Switch are primarily conducted in the state of Nevada, which does
not have a corporate level income tax.
95
Consolidated loss before taxes and non-controlling interests for domestic and foreign operations is as follows:
Domestic
Foreign
Total loss before income taxes
Year Ended
December 31, 2017
(in thousands)
$
$
(8,386)
(1,175)
(9,561)
Switch, Inc. recognized an income tax benefit of $981,000 on its share of Switch's taxable loss, exclusive of the non-controlling interest of $6.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2017.
Components of income tax benefit consist of the following:
Current
Federal
State and local
Total current tax benefit
Deferred
Federal
State and local
Total deferred tax benefit
Total tax benefit
Year Ended
December 31, 2017
(in thousands)
$
$
$
$
$
—
—
—
(978)
(3)
(981)
(981)
The provision for income taxes from operations differs from the amount of income tax computed by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to income
before provision for income taxes. A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory rate to the effective tax rate is presented below:
U.S statutory tax rate
Foreign rate differential
Rate effect from flow-through entity
Rate change impact due to tax reform
Partnership outside basis difference
Other
Effective tax rate
Year Ended
December 31, 2017
35.0 %
(4.3)
(34.8)
(7.0)
26.2
(4.9)
10.2 %
Switch, Inc.'s effective tax rate includes a rate benefit attributable to approximately 85.5% of Switch's earnings of which are not subject to corporate level taxes as the
applicable income tax expense will be incurred by, and be the obligation of, the members of Switch, Ltd. holding non-controlling interests. Thus, the effective tax rate on the
portion of loss attributable to Switch, Inc. is 10.2% for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Deferred tax balances reflect the impact of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their tax basis and are stated at the tax rates in effect
when the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
96
Significant components of Switch, Inc.'s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows as of:
Deferred tax assets
Net operating loss carryforwards
Subtotal
Valuation allowance
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets
December 31,
2017
(in thousands)
$
$
$
$
981
981
—
981
—
—
981
As of December 31, 2017, Switch had net operating losses ("NOLs") of approximately $4.8 million available to offset future taxable income that begin to expire in 2037. Switch
also has state NOLs for the state of Michigan of $16,000 and local NOLs for Grand Rapids, Michigan, of $161,000, which begin to expire in 2027 and 2037, respectively.
Management believes on a more-likely-than not basis that Switch will be able to realize the tax benefit of its NOLs.
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was signed into law. A majority of the provisions of the newly enacted federal income tax law are effective for taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2017 and includes, but is not limited to:
Significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%;
Limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of adjusted earnings;
Limitation of the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of current year taxable income and elimination of NOL carrybacks;
Immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time;
•
•
•
•
• Modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits; and
• One-time taxation of offshore earnings at reduced rates regardless of repatriation.
Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of the new federal tax law is uncertain. In addition, it is uncertain how various states will
respond to the newly enacted federal tax law.
The Staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 ("SAB No. 118") to provide guidance to registrants in applying
Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740 ("ASC 740") in connection with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. SAB No. 118 provides that in the period of enactment, the income
tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act may be reported as a provisional amount based on a reasonable estimate to the extent a reasonable estimate can be determined, which
would be subject to adjustment during a "measurement period." The measurement period begins in the reporting period of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act's enactment and ends
when a registrant has obtained, prepared, and analyzed the information that was needed in order to complete the accounting requirements under ASC 740. SAB No. 118 also
describes supplemental disclosures that should accompany the provisional amounts. The Company has applied the guidance in SAB No. 118 to account for the financial
accounting impacts of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act as of December 31, 2017.
For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded a provisional tax benefit of $667,000 related to the remeasurement of its net deferred tax asset using the new U.S.
federal corporate tax rate of 21%. The Company is still in the process of analyzing certain aspects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and, as a result, the amounts reflected in its
annual consolidated financial statements may be subject to revision based on the future issuance of new guidance and interpretations. If the final tax outcome of these matters
is different from the provisional amounts recorded by the Company, then adjustments to the provisional amounts will impact the tax provision and effective tax rate in the
period recorded.
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has not recognized any uncertain tax positions, penalties, or interest as management has concluded that no such positions
exist. The Company is subject to examination for tax years beginning with the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company is not currently subject to income tax audits in any
U.S. or state jurisdictions for any tax year.
97
11. Stockholders'/Members' Equity
As of December 31, 2017, under Switch, Inc.'s amended and restated articles of incorporation dated October 5, 2017, Switch, Inc. was authorized to issue: (i) 750,000,000 shares
of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, (ii) 300,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, (iii) 75,000,000 shares of Class C common
stock, par value $0.001 per share, and (iv) 10,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. Holders of shares of Class A common stock, Class B
common stock, and Class C common stock are entitled to one vote, one vote, and 10 votes, respectively, on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Once the
Founder Members and any permitted transferees beneficially own an aggregate of less than 50% of the number of shares of Class C common stock issued and outstanding as
of the completion of the IPO, each share of Class C common stock will entitle its holder to one vote per share.
Holders of shares of Class A common stock are entitled to receive cash dividends as may be declared from time to time at the sole discretion of Switch, Inc.'s Board of
Directors. Holders of shares of Class B common stock and Class C common stock are not entitled to participate in any such dividends declared by Switch, Inc.'s Board of
Directors. In December 2017, Switch, Inc.'s Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.014 per share of Class A common stock to holders of record as of the close of business
on December 18, 2017 and paid on December 29, 2017. Prior to the payment of the dividend, Switch, Ltd. made a cash distribution to all holders of record of Common Units of
Switch, Ltd., including Switch, Inc., of $0.014 per Common Unit for a total distribution of $3.5 million, of which $503,000 was distributed to Switch, Inc. and $3.0 million was
distributed to the other holders of record of Common Units of Switch, Ltd.
The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends on shares of Class A common stock will be at the discretion of Switch, Inc.'s Board of Directors and will depend
upon many factors, including Switch, Inc.'s results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, restrictions in Switch, Ltd.'s debt agreements, and other factors that
Switch, Inc.'s Board of Directors deems relevant.
Switch, Ltd. Distributions
During the year ended December 31, 2017, Switch, Ltd.'s Board of Managers for the period prior to the IPO and Switch, Inc.'s Board of Directors for the period subsequent to
the IPO approved distributions of $185.4 million, comprised of $112.0 million to Switch, Ltd.'s members in accordance with their percentage interests (inclusive of $8.2 million of
which was distributed to members upon the accelerated vesting of Incentive Units in connection with the closing of the IPO) and $73.4 million to certain of Switch, Ltd.'s
members with unreturned capital contributions in accordance with Switch, Ltd.'s then-current operating agreement. As of December 31, 2017, of the distributions declared
during the year ended December 31, 2017, Switch, Ltd. made distributions of $185.3 million and retained the distribution of $152,000, which represents the unvested portions of
the CEO Award and President Award, each as described in Note 12, as of December 31, 2017 that will be distributed upon vesting.
12. Equity-Based Compensation
2005 Common Membership Unit Plan
In 2005, Switch, Ltd. established the 2005 Common Membership Unit Plan (the "Unit Option Plan") for the purpose of attracting and retaining the best available personnel for
positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to employees and consultants of Switch and to promote the success of its business.
All options granted under the Unit Option Plan were intended to be treated as non-statutory unit options under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The term of
each option was the term stated in the option agreement, which was no more than 10 years from the date of grant.
Options exercised under the plan provide the purchaser with full rights equivalent to those of existing members and holders as of the date of exercise. Since the inception of
the Unit Option Plan through December 31, 2017, members have exercised or exchanged 21,440,000 unit awards.
98
The unit option activity under the Unit Option Plan is summarized as follows:
Unit options outstanding—December 31, 2014
Unit options exercised
Unit options settled
Unit options outstanding—December 31, 2015
Unit options exercised
Unit options settled
Unit options forfeited
Unit options outstanding—December 31, 2016
Unit options exercised
Unit options outstanding—December 31, 2017
Unit options vested and exercisable—December 31, 2015
Unit options vested and exercisable—December 31, 2016
Unit options vested and exercisable—December 31, 2017
________________________________________
(1)
Number of Units (in
thousands)
Weighted Average
Exercise Price per
Unit
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value(1)
(in thousands)
$
6,752
(2,575)
(3,536)
641
(119)
(160)
(195)
167
(57)
110
$
167
$
167
$
110
$
2.07
2.00
2.04
2.52
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.09
2.85
2.85
2.09
2.09
2.85
4.73 $
1,930
1.75 $
0.75 $
2.75 $
1.75 $
0.75 $
939
1,691
574
939
1,691
The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the unit on December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 and the exercise price of the option.
The number and weighted average grant date fair value for nonvested unit options outstanding are as follows:
Nonvested unit options outstanding—December 31, 2014
Options vested
Nonvested unit options outstanding—December 31, 2015
Options forfeited
Unit options vested
Nonvested unit options outstanding—December 31, 2016
Nonvested unit options outstanding—December 31, 2017
Number of Nonvested
Options Outstanding (in
thousands)
Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value per Option
$
1,398
(924)
474
(195)
(279)
—
—
$
0.93
0.90
0.97
0.97
0.97
—
—
In February 2015, Switch, Ltd. settled the outstanding notes receivable issued to members including accrued interest of $18.3 million by repurchasing 4,286,000 units from
certain of its members. Additionally, Switch, Ltd. permitted employees holding 4,293,000 options to exercise their options by net settling the exercise price through a
repurchase of 2,433,000 units from those employees.
In addition, in November 2015, Switch, Ltd. permitted employees holding 1,758,000 options to exercise their options by net settling the exercise price of $3.9 million and related
payroll taxes of $1.5 million, for a total value of $5.4 million.
The following additional disclosures are provided for unit options during the periods presented:
Total fair value of unit options vested
Total aggregate intrinsic value of unit options exercised(1)
________________________________________
(1)
The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the unit on December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 and the exercise price of the option.
Years Ended
December 31,
2017
2016
2015
$
$
(in thousands)
271
601
$
$
—
869
$
$
835
9,098
99
Common Unit Awards
In 2012, Switch, Ltd. began issuing common unit awards ("Incentive Units") containing a hurdle amount (similar to an exercise price) where employees benefited from any
appreciation in the value of their awards above the hurdle amount under the Switch, Ltd. operating agreement.
In September 2017, Switch, Ltd. granted 7,500,000 Incentive Units to its Chief Executive Officer (the "CEO Award"). Switch, Ltd. also granted 1,511,572 Incentive Units to its
President with a hurdle amount of $11.69 per Incentive Unit (the "President Award"). The CEO Award contained a provision that caused the Incentive Units underlying the
CEO Award to convert into Common Units on a one-to-one basis in connection with the closing of Switch, Inc.'s IPO. Each of the CEO Award and President Award vested as
to 40% of the award on the closing of Switch, Inc.'s IPO and will subsequently vest as to 2.5% of the award on each of the eight quarterly anniversaries of the closing of
Switch, Inc.'s IPO and 5% of the award each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to continued service. As vesting of the CEO Award and President Award commenced
solely upon the closing of Switch, Inc.'s IPO or other qualifying event, they were treated as performance based awards. In connection with the closing of Switch, Inc.'s IPO, all
outstanding Incentive Units, other than the CEO Award and the President Award, accelerated in full and were converted into Common Units after net settling the hurdle
amount. In connection with the effectiveness of the Switch Operating Agreement, the CEO Award converted into 7,500,000 Common Units and the President Award converted
into 472,144 Common Units after net settling the hurdle amount. As of December 31, 2017, unvested Common Units related to the CEO Award and President Award totaled
4,783,286 with a weighted average grant date fair value per unit of $11.11. As of December 31, 2017, total equity-based compensation cost related to all unvested Common
Units is $46.3 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.78 years. If a forfeiture of unvested Common Units under the CEO Award and
President Award occurs, the associated shares of Class C common stock and Class B common stock, respectively, are also forfeited.
The Incentive Unit activity is summarized below:
Incentive Units outstanding—December 31, 2014
Incentive Units granted
Incentive Units forfeited
Incentive Units outstanding—December 31, 2015
Incentive Units granted
Incentive Units forfeited
Incentive Units outstanding—December 31, 2016
CEO Award
President Award
Incentive Units forfeited
Incentive Units net settled at IPO
Incentive Units converted into Common Units at IPO
Incentive Units outstanding—December 31, 2017
Incentive Units vested—December 31, 2015
Incentive Units vested—December 31, 2016
Incentive Units vested—December 31, 2017
________________________________________
(1)
Number of Units
(in thousands)
Weighted Average
Hurdle Amount per
Unit
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
Aggregate Intrinsic
Value(1)
(in thousands)
$
8,760
10,444
(899 )
18,305
2,197
(1,109 )
19,393
7,500
1,512
(873 )
(5,589 )
(21,943 )
—
$
1,191
$
4,558
$
22,125
$
3.53
4.35
3.71
3.99
6.38
5.08
4.20
—
11.69
4.62
5.74
2.87
—
3.47
3.97
3.82
2.85
$
28,235
1.98
$
68,139
—
1.94
1.50
$
$
$
—
$
—
2,454
17,053
318,033
The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the Incentive Unit on December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 and the hurdle amount of the Incentive Unit.
100
The number and weighted average grant date fair value for nonvested Incentive Units granted and outstanding are as follows:
Nonvested Incentive Units outstanding—December 31, 2014
Incentive Units granted
Incentive Units forfeited
Incentive Units vested
Nonvested Incentive Units outstanding—December 31, 2015
Incentive Units granted
Incentive Units forfeited
Incentive Units vested
Nonvested Incentive Units outstanding—December 31, 2016
CEO Award
President Award
Incentive Units forfeited
President Award net settled at IPO
Nonvested Incentive Units converted into nonvested Common Units at IPO—CEO Award
Nonvested Incentive Units converted into nonvested Common Units at IPO—President Award
Incentive Units vested
Nonvested Incentive Units outstanding—December 31, 2017
Number of Nonvested
Incentive Units
Outstanding (in
thousands)
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Incentive
Unit
7,977
10,444
$
$
(899 ) $
(408 ) $
$
17,114
$
2,197
(1,109 ) $
(3,367 ) $
$
14,835
$
7,500
$
1,512
(873 ) $
(624 ) $
(4,500 ) $
(283 ) $
(17,567 ) $
—
$
1.36
1.18
1.26
1.36
1.26
2.04
1.75
1.24
1.34
11.69
1.98
0.97
1.98
11.69
1.98
3.14
—
The weighted average assumptions used in estimating the grant date fair value of these awards, exclusive of the CEO Award, are listed in the table below:
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (in years)
Dividend rate
2017
29.3 %
1.4 %
2.0
0.6 %
Years Ended
December 31,
2016
39.8 %
1.5 %
3.7
0.9 %
2015
35.1 %
1.4 %
3.1
1.3 %
As the CEO Award contained a provision that caused the Incentive Units underlying the CEO Award to convert into Common Units on a one-to-one basis in connection with
the closing of Switch, Inc.'s IPO, the grant date fair value of the underlying units was $11.69 per unit.
Excluding $17.1 million of fair value attributable to the accelerated vesting of Incentive Units as a result of the IPO and $1.2 million and $35.1 million of fair value related to the
vesting of the President Award and CEO Award, respectively, in 2017 the total fair value of Incentive Units vested for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was
$1.8 million, $4.2 million, and $555,000, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2017, Switch, Ltd. awarded 150,880 fully vested Common Units at a fair market value of $7.39 per unit totaling $1.1 million in equity-based
compensation. During the year ended December 31, 2016, Switch, Ltd. awarded 150,895 fully vested Common Units at a fair market value of $5.53 per unit totaling $835,000 in
equity-based compensation.
2017 Incentive Award Plan
On September 22, 2017, Switch, Inc.'s Board of Directors adopted the 2017 Incentive Award Plan (the "2017 Plan"). The 2017 Plan provides that the initial aggregate number of
shares of Class A common stock reserved and available for issuance be 25,000,000 shares of Class A common stock plus an increase each January 1, beginning on January 1,
2018 and ending on and including January 1, 2027, equal to the lesser of (A) 17,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, (B) 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Switch,
Inc.'s Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (C) such smaller
number of shares of Class A common stock as is
101
determined by the Board of Directors. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other defined changes in Switch, Inc.'s
capitalization. The 2017 Plan was effective as of its adoption date.
All awards granted under the 2017 Plan are intended to be treated as (i) stock options, including incentive stock options, (ii) stock appreciation rights, (iii) non-statutory stock
options under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (iv) restricted stock, (v) restricted stock units ("RSUs"), or (vi) other stock or cash based awards as may be
determined by the plan's administrator from time to time. The term of each option award shall be no more than 10 years from the date of grant. Options exercised under the 2017
Plan provide the purchaser with full rights equivalent to those of existing Class A common stock holders and holders as of the date of exercise. The Company's policy for
issuing shares upon stock option exercise is to issue new shares of Class A common stock. Additionally, the Switch Operating Agreement states that Switch, Ltd. will
maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Common Units owned by Switch, Inc. and the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock,
including those issued as a result of stock option exercises and vesting of RSU awards.
In October 2017, Switch, Inc. granted stock options covering 5,724,896 shares of Class A common stock under the 2017 Plan with an exercise price of $17.00 per share, the
public offering price per share of the Class A common stock in Switch, Inc.'s IPO. Of these stock options, stock options covering 5,626,470 shares of Class A common stock
were vested in full as of the closing date of the IPO resulting in equity-based compensation expense of $28.1 million recorded on the closing date of the IPO. Stock options
covering the remaining 98,426 shares of Class A common stock will vest ratably over three years.
The following table summarizes information related to stock options:
Stock options outstanding—December 31, 2016
Stock options granted
Stock options outstanding—December 31, 2017
Stock options vested and exercisable—December 31, 2017
________________________________________
(1)
Number of Stock
Options
(in thousands)
Weighted Average
Exercise Price per
Stock Option
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value(1)
(in thousands)
—
5,725
5,725
$
$
$
5,626
$
—
17.00
17.00
17.00
9.77 $
9.77 $
6,813
6,695
The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the stock option on December 31, 2017 and the exercise price of the stock option.
The number and weighted average grant date fair value for nonvested stock options granted and outstanding are as follows:
Nonvested stock options outstanding—December 31, 2016
Stock options granted
Stock options vested
Nonvested stock options outstanding—December 31, 2017
Number of Stock Options
(in thousands)
Weighted Average Grant Date
Fair Value
$
—
$
5,725
(5,626 ) $
99
$
—
5.00
4.99
5.37
The weighted average assumptions used in estimating the grant date fair value of the stock options are listed in the table below:
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (in years)
Dividend rate
Year Ended December 31, 2017
31.8 %
1.9 %
5.0
0.6 %
As of December 31, 2017, total equity-based compensation cost related to all unvested stock options is $451,000, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average
period of 2.76 years.
Pursuant to the terms of the CEO Award, since the total number of Common Units granted under the CEO Award was equal to less than 3% of all outstanding shares of
Switch, Inc. following the closing of its IPO, including the exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares (the "Threshold"), Switch, Inc. granted 50,638
RSUs (the "CEO RSU Award") to the Chief Executive Officer of Switch, Ltd. under the 2017 Plan in December 2017, such that the CEO Award
102
together with the CEO RSU Award represented a number of shares of common stock of Switch, Inc. equal to the Threshold. The CEO RSU Award vested as to 40% of the
award on the grant date and will subsequently vest as to 2.5% of the award on each of the eight quarterly anniversaries of the closing of Switch, Inc.'s IPO and 5% of the
award each quarterly anniversary thereafter, subject to continued service.
The following table summarizes information related to RSUs:
RSUs outstanding—December 31, 2016
CEO RSU Award
RSUs vested
RSUs outstanding—December 31, 2017
Number of RSUs
(in thousands)
Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value per RSU
$
—
$
51
(20 ) $
31
$
—
18.01
18.01
18.01
As of December 31, 2017, total equity-based compensation cost related to all unvested RSU awards is $547,000, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average
period of 3.78 years.
Total equity-based compensation recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the 2017 Plan, Unit Option Plan, Incentive
Units, and Common Units is as follows for each of the periods presented:
Cost of revenue
Selling, general and administrative
Total equity-based compensation expense
13. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
2017
Years Ended
December 31,
2016
(in thousands)
2015
$
$
1,289
83,501
84,790
$
$
181
5,754
5,935
$
$
—
5,237
5,237
The carrying amounts as of December 31, 2017 for cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their estimated fair values due to the short maturity of these
instruments. Management believes the fair value of the Company's long-term debt was $599.2 million based on Level 2 inputs using quoted market prices on or about
December 31, 2017. The carrying amounts as of December 31, 2016 for cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt approximate their estimated fair values
due to the short maturity of these instruments, or because the related interest rates approximate current market rates.
Management has elected not to adopt the option available under GAAP to measure any of its eligible financial instruments or other items at fair value. Accordingly, the
Company continues to measure all of its assets and liabilities on the historical cost basis of accounting except as otherwise required under GAAP.
103
14. Non-controlling Interest
Switch, Inc. owns an indirect economic interest in Switch, Ltd., where "economic interests" means the right to receive any distributions, whether cash, property or securities of
Switch, Ltd., in connection with Common Units. Prior to the IPO, all membership interests in Switch, Ltd. represented controlling interests. As a result of the IPO and
Transactions described in Note 1, the Members at December 31, 2017 became non-controlling interest holders of Switch, Ltd. and owned 85.5% of the outstanding Common
Units, with the remaining 14.5% owned by Switch, Inc. Prospectively, non-controlling interest will be adjusted to reflect the impact of any changes in Switch, Inc.'s ownership
interest in Switch, Ltd. The ownership of the Common Units is summarized as follows:
December 31, 2017
Units
Ownership %
35,937,500
211,675,452
247,612,952
14.5%
85.5%
100.0%
Switch, Inc.'s ownership of Common Units (equal to outstanding Class A common stock)
Non-controlling interest holders' ownership of Common Units(1)
Total Common Units
________________________________________
(1)
Common Units held as of December 31, 2017 exclude 4,500,000 and 283,286 of unvested Common Units granted under the CEO Award and President Award, respectively, and 110,225 of
vested and exercisable unit options under the Unit Option Plan.
The Company uses the weighted average ownership percentages during the period to calculate the pretax income attributable to Switch, Inc. and the non-controlling interest
holders of Switch, Ltd.
15. Net Income (Loss) Per Share/Unit
The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share/unit during the periods presented (in thousands, except share/unit and per
share/unit data):
Net income (loss) per share/unit:
Numerator—basic and diluted:
Net (loss) income attributable to Switch, Inc.—basic and diluted
Denominator—basic:
Weighted average shares/units outstanding—basic(1)
Net (loss) income per share/unit—basic
Denominator—diluted:
Weighted average shares/units outstanding—basic(1)
Weighted average effect of dilutive securities:
Effect of dilutive options
Effect of unvested Incentive Units
Weighted average shares/units outstanding—diluted(1)
Net (loss) income per share/unit—diluted
2017
Years Ended
December 31,
2016
2015
(in thousands, except share/unit and per share/unit data)
$
$
$
(15,208) $
31,368
$
73,472
8,073,908
(1.88) $
199,047,070
0.16
$
196,773,458
0.37
8,073,908
199,047,070
196,773,458
—
—
8,073,908
230,511
4,183,839
203,461,420
(1.88) $
0.15
$
1,498,228
1,000,583
199,272,269
0.37
________________________________________
(1)
Amounts for the year ended December 31, 2017 represent shares of Class A common stock outstanding. Amounts for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 represent Common Units
outstanding.
Shares of Class B common stock and Class C common stock do not share in the earnings or losses of Switch, Inc. and are therefore not participating securities. As such,
separate presentation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for each of Class B common stock and Class C common stock under the two-class method has not been
presented.
104
The following table presents potentially dilutive securities excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share/unit for the periods presented because their
effect would have been anti-dilutive.
Weighted average unvested Incentive Units
Stock options(1)
RSUs(1)
Shares of Class B and Class C common stock(2)
2017
—
5,724,896
30,383
216,568,963
Years Ended
December 31,
2016
533,390
—
—
—
2015
4,233,993
—
—
—
________________________________________
(1)
(2)
Represents the number of instruments outstanding at the end of the period. Application of the treasury stock method would reduce this amount if they had a dilutive effect and were included
in the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share.
Shares of Class B common stock and Class C common stock at the end of the period are considered potentially dilutive shares of Class A common stock under application of the if-converted
method.
16. Segment Reporting
The Company's chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company manages its operations as a single operating segment for the purposes of
assessing performance and making operating decisions. All of the Company's assets are maintained in the United States. The Company derives a substantial majority of its
revenue from sales to customers in the United States, based upon the billing address of the customer. Revenue derived from customers outside the United States, based upon
the billing address of the customer, were less than 2% of total revenues for each period presented.
The Company's revenue is comprised of the following:
Colocation
Connectivity
Other
Revenue
17. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
Quarterly financial information is presented below (amounts in thousands, except per share/unit data):
2017
Years Ended
December 31,
2016
(in thousands)
$
$
304,720
67,690
5,865
378,275
$
$
259,046
53,715
5,591
318,352
$
$
2015
218,498
43,147
4,225
265,870
Revenue
Income (loss) from operations
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) attributable to Switch, Inc.
Basic net income (loss) per unit/share
Diluted net income (loss) per unit/share
Year Ended December 31, 2017
First
Quarter
Second Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
89,157
24,439
20,328
20,328
0.10
0.10
$
$
$
$
$
$
105
92,101
23,541
14,953
14,953
0.07
0.07
$
$
$
$
$
$
97,689
25,451
16,486
16,486
0.08
0.08
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
99,328
(54,604) $
(60,347) $
(66,975) $
(2.09) $
(2.09) $
378,275
18,827
(8,580)
(15,208)
(1.88)
(1.88)
Revenue
Income (loss) from operations
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) attributable to Switch, Inc.
Basic net income (loss) per unit
Diluted net income (loss) per unit
18. Subsequent Events
Year Ended December 31, 2016
First
Quarter
Second Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
73,966
19,813
16,678
16,678
0.08
0.08
$
$
$
$
$
$
80,832
22,342
18,535
18,535
0.09
0.09
$
$
$
$
$
$
81,666
16,412
15,926
15,926
0.08
0.08
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
81,888
(7,497) $
(19,771) $
(19,771) $
(0.10) $
(0.10) $
318,352
51,070
31,368
31,368
0.16
0.15
Subsequent events through April 2, 2018, the date on which the annual consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017 were available to be
issued, were evaluated by the Company to determine the need, if any, for recognition or disclosure in its consolidated financial statements.
In January 2018, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Switch, Ltd. entered into a Master Power Purchase & Sale Agreement of electricity with Tenaska Power Services Co. to
purchase a minimum of 10 megawatts per energy hour for a term of 23 months, or a minimum purchase commitment of $4.9 million during the term, which started on February 1,
2018.
In April 2018, Switch, Inc.'s Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.0147 per share of Class A common stock to holders of record as of the close of business on April 13,
2018 for the first quarter of 2018. The dividend will be payable on April 23, 2018. Prior to the payment of this dividend, Switch, Ltd. will make a cash distribution to all holders of
record of Common Units of Switch, Ltd., including Switch, Inc., of $0.0147 per Common Unit.
106
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated, as of December 31, 2017, the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as amended, or the Exchange Act). Based on their evaluation, as of
December 31, 2017, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective because of the material
weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described below.
Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures
In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated,
can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that
there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.
Material Weaknesses
As of December 31, 2017, we have two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of
deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will
not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
One of the material weaknesses was first identified in connection with the audit of our 2016 consolidated financial statements, as previously disclosed in our prospectus, dated
October 5, 2017 filed with the SEC in accordance with Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act on October 10, 2017. This material weakness was due to a failure of the information and
communication component of internal control to provide complete and accurate output because of deficiencies in the communication process. Contracts executed by various
departments were not communicated, on a timely basis, to the accounting department, resulting in recording of out-of-period adjustments that impacted the recognition and
disclosure of amounts in the consolidated financial statements during the year ended December 31, 2016. We concluded this material weakness continues to exist as of
December 31, 2017.
The other material weakness, which was identified in connection with the audit of our 2017 consolidated financial statements, relates to an insufficient complement of
resources with an appropriate level of accounting expertise, knowledge, and training commensurate with the complexity of our financial reporting matters. This material
weakness led to pervasive immaterial adjustments to our annual and interim consolidated financial statements and inadequate review over account reconciliations resulting in
the lack of an effective control environment.
These material weaknesses could result in a misstatement that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not
be prevented or detected.
Material Weakness Remediation Efforts
We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate these material weaknesses, including hiring additional personnel
with appropriate education, experience and certifications for key positions in the financial reporting and accounting function, implementing policies and procedures to improve
our ability to communicate and share information in a timely manner, as well as designing and implementing improved processes and internal controls. In addition, we are
formalizing our internal control documentation and strengthening supervisory reviews by our management.
While we believe that these efforts will improve our internal control over financial reporting, the implementation of these measures is ongoing and will require validation and
testing of the design and operating effectiveness of internal controls over a sustained period of financial reporting cycles. We cannot assure you that the measures we have
taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If the
steps we take do not correct the material weakness in a timely manner, we will be unable to conclude that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) identified in connection with the
evaluation of our internal control performed during the quarter ended
107
December 31, 2017, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Exemption from Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
This Form 10-K does not include a report of management's assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered
public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.
Item 9B.
Other Information.
Not applicable.
Part III.
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement for the 2018 annual meeting of the stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC
within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.
Item 11.
Executive Compensation.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement for the 2018 annual meeting of the stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC
within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement for the 2018 annual meeting of the stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC
within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement for the 2018 annual meeting of the stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC
within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement for the 2018 annual meeting of the stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC
within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.
108
Part IV.
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
(1) Financial statements:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'/Members' Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(2) Financial statement schedules:
Page
71
72
73
74
77
79
All financial statement schedules are omitted since they are not required or are not applicable, or the required information is included in the consolidated financial
statements or notes thereto.
(3) Exhibits:
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit No.
Exhibit Description
Form
Exhibit
3.1
3.2
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.4(a)
10.5
10.6
10.7†
10.7(a)†
10.7(b)†
10.7(c)†
10.8†
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Switch, Inc.
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Switch, Inc.
Tax Receivable Agreement, dated October 5, 2017, by and among Switch, Inc., Switch, Ltd., and
each other person from time to time party thereto.
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 5, 2017, by and among
Switch, Inc., Switch, Ltd. and each other person from time to time party thereto.
Fifth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Switch, Ltd., dated October 5, 2017, by
and among Switch, Ltd. and its Members.
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2017, by and among Switch,
Ltd., as borrower, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
administrative agent.
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 28, 2017.
Amended and Restated Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2017, by and among Switch,
Ltd., as borrower, certain of its subsidiaries and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
administrative agent.
Amended and Restated Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2017, by and
among Switch, Ltd., as borrower, certain of its subsidiaries and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as administrative agent.
Switch, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan.
Form of Stock Option Agreement under Switch, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan.
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under Switch, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan.
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant under Switch, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan.
Offer Letter, dated January 7, 2016, by and between Switch, Ltd. and Gabe Nacht.
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
S-1
8-K
S-1
S-1
S-1/A
S-1/A
S-1/A
10-Q
S-1/A
109
3.1
3.2
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.1
Filing Date
10/11/2017
10/11/2017
10/11/2017
10/11/2017
10/11/2017
9/8/2017
12/28/2017
10.5
9/8/2017
10.6
10.7
10.7(a)
10.7(b)
10.1
10.8
9/8/2017
9/25/2017
9/25/2017
9/25/2017
11/14/2017
9/25/2017
Exhibit No.
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17†
10.18†
10.19†
10.20†
21.1
23.1
24.1
31.1
31.2
Exhibit Description
Form
Exhibit
Filing Date
Incorporated by Reference
Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between Switch, Inc. and certain of its
directors and officers, effective October 11, 2017.
Standard Industrial Real Estate Lease, dated August 21, 2007, by and between Switch, Ltd.
(f/k/a Switch Communications Group L.L.C.) and Beltway Business Park Warehouse No. 3,
LLC, as amended by (i) First Amendment to Lease, dated January 25, 2008, (ii) Confirmation of
Initial Lease Term and Amendment to Lease, dated April 28, 2008, (iii) Third Amendment to
Lease, dated January 21, 2011, (iv) Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated August 9, 2013, and (v)
Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated June 21, 2016.
Lease Agreement, dated November 4, 2010, by and between Switch, Ltd. (f/k/a Switch
Communications Group L.L.C.) and Beltway Business Park Office No. 1, LLC, as amended by (i)
First Amendment to Lease, dated April 1, 2011, (ii) Second Amendment to Lease, dated
September 25, 2012, and (iii) Third Amendment to Lease, dated February 1, 2014.
Lease Agreement, dated April 1, 2011, by and between Switch, Ltd. (f/k/a Switch
Communications Group L.L.C.) and Beltway Business Park Office No. 1, LLC, as amended by (i)
First Amendment to Lease, dated July 23, 2014, and (ii) Second Amendment to Lease, dated
May 27, 2016.
Land Lease, dated January 12, 2012, by and between Switch, Ltd. (f/k/a Switch Communications
Group L.L.C.) and Beltway Business Park Warehouse No. 4, LLC, as amended by (i)
Confirmation of Lease Term and Amendment to Lease, dated February 22, 2013, and (ii) First
Amendment to Lease, dated June 21, 2016.
Lease Agreement, dated April 24, 2012, by and between InNEVation L.L.C. and Beltway
Business Park Office No. 2, LLC, as amended by (i) First Amendment to Lease, dated February
19, 2013, (ii) Second Amendment to Lease, dated March 14, 2013, (iii) Third Amendment to
Lease, dated August 20, 2013, (iv) Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated September 1, 2013, (v)
Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated January 12, 2015, (vi) Sixth Amendment to Lease, dated
January 19, 2015, (vii) Seventh Amendment to Lease, dated November 15, 2015, and
(viii) Eighth Amendment to Lease, dated January 17, 2017.
Standard Industrial Real Estate Lease, dated November 3, 2014, by and between Switch, Ltd.
and Beltway Business Park Warehouse No. 1, LLC.
Land Lease, dated June 21, 2016, by and between Switch, Ltd. and Beltway Business Park
Warehouse No. 6, LLC, as amended by Confirmation of Lease Term and Amendment to Lease,
dated March 22, 2017.
LTIP Incentive Unit Award Agreement, by and between Switch, Ltd. and Rob Roy, dated
September 7, 2017.
Incentive Unit Award Agreement, by and between Switch, Ltd. and Thomas Morton, dated
September 7, 2017.
Switch, Inc. Director Compensation Program.
Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement between Switch, Inc. and Rob Roy dated December
27, 2017.
Subsidiaries of Switch, Inc.
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.
Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.
110
S-1
10.9
9/8/2017
S-1/A
10.10
9/25/2017
S-1/A
10.11
9/25/2017
S-1/A
10.12
9/25/2017
S-1/A
10.13
9/25/2017
S-1/A
S-1/A
S-1/A
S-1/A
S-1/A
S-1/A
8-K
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.2
9/25/2017
9/25/2017
9/25/2017
9/25/2017
9/25/2017
9/25/2017
12/28/2017
*
*
*
*
Exhibit No.
Exhibit Description
Form
Exhibit
Filing Date
Incorporated by Reference
32.1
101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
Certifications of the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
XBRL Instance Document.
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
XBRL Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
___________________________________________________________________
* Filed herewith.
# Furnished herewith.
† Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary.
None.
111
#
*
*
*
*
*
*
Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
Date:
April 2, 2018
Switch, Inc.
(Registrant)
/s/ Gabe Nacht
Gabe Nacht
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Rob Roy, Thomas Morton, and Gabe
Nacht, and each one of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in their name,
place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and any documents related to this report and filed pursuant to
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection
therewith as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or
substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
112
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in
/s/ Rob Roy
Rob Roy
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Gabe Nacht
Gabe Nacht
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ Donald D. Snyder
Donald D. Snyder
Director
/s/ Tom Thomas
Tom Thomas
Director
/s/ Bryan Wolf
Bryan Wolf
Director
/s/ Zareh Sarrafian
Zareh Sarrafian
Director
/s/ Kimberly Sheehy
Kimberly Sheehy
Director
the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Date:
April 2, 2018
Date:
April 2, 2018
Date:
April 2, 2018
Date:
April 2, 2018
Date:
April 2, 2018
Date:
April 2, 2018
Date:
April 2, 2018
(Back To Top)
Section 2: EX-21.1 (EXHIBIT 21.1)
113
Legal Name
State of Organization
Switch, Ltd.
NAPO1, LLC
NV NAP 2, LLC
NV NAP 7, LLC
NV NAP 8, LLC
NV NAP 9, LLC
SINAP-TIX, LLC
SUPERNAP Reno, LLC
MI GRR, LLC
Switch Business Solutions, LLC
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Michigan
Nevada
(Back To Top)
Section 3: EX-23.1 (EXHIBIT 23.1)
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-220908) of Switch, Inc. of our report dated April 2, 2018 relating to the
consolidated financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Las Vegas, Nevada
April 2, 2018
(Back To Top)
Section 4: EX-31.1 (EXHIBIT 31.1)
CERTIFICATION BY THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Rob Roy, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Switch, Inc.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
c. disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's
internal control over financial reporting.
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's
auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting, which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting.
Date: April 2, 2018
(Back To Top)
Section 5: EX-31.2 (EXHIBIT 31.2)
By:
/s/ Rob Roy
Rob Roy
Chief Executive Officer
Principal Executive Officer
CERTIFICATION BY THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Gabe Nacht, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Switch, Inc.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
c. disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's
internal control over financial reporting.
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's
auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting, which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting.
Date: April 2, 2018
By:
/s/ Gabe Nacht
Gabe Nacht
Chief Financial Officer
Principal Financial Officer
(Back To Top)
Section 6: EX-32.1 (EXHIBIT 32.1)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Switch, Inc. (the "Company") for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), Rob Roy, Chief Executive Officer, and Gabe Nacht, Chief Financial Officer, of the Company, do each certify, pursuant
to Section 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his knowledge:
1.
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2.
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all materials respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: April 2, 2018
By:
/s/ Rob Roy
Rob Roy
Chief Executive Officer
Principal Executive Officer
By:
/s/ Gabe Nacht
(Back To Top)
Gabe Nacht
Chief Financial Officer
Principal Financial Officer